From: Yuri Chornoivan Date: Mon, 28 Mar 2022 11:23:14 +0000 (+0200) Subject: po-man: update uk.po (from translationproject.org) X-Git-Tag: v2.38~6 X-Git-Url: http://git.ipfire.org/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=11c792ce0c8c4fe0d8a460400ae64acd7330c8fe;p=thirdparty%2Futil-linux.git po-man: update uk.po (from translationproject.org) --- diff --git a/po-man/uk.po b/po-man/uk.po index 2dea2d3ec8..7048b30941 100644 --- a/po-man/uk.po +++ b/po-man/uk.po @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ # Yuri Chornoivan , 2021, 2022. msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc2\n" +"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-16 17:43+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-06 18:00+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-17 11:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan \n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian \n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 20.12.0\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 3 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n" -"%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 3 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1 @@ -27,12 +26,8 @@ msgstr "Як надіслати звіт про вади" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3 -msgid "" -"For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-" -"linux/issues." -msgstr "" -"Для звітування щодо вад скористайтеся системою стеження за вадами — https://" -"github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." +msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." +msgstr "Для звітування щодо вад скористайтеся системою стеження за вадами — https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1 @@ -42,43 +37,33 @@ msgstr "КОЛЬОРИ" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5 -msgid "" -"The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) " -"functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file" -msgstr "" +msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file" +msgstr "Розфарбовування виведених даних реалізовано у можливості *terminal-colors.d*(5). Неявне розфарбовування може бути вимкнено спорожненням файла" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n" msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_" -msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{команда}.disable_" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9 msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by" -msgstr "" +msgstr "для команди *{команда}* або для усіх інструментів" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" -msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/" -"terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting." -msgstr "" +msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting." +msgstr "Специфічні для користувача _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ або _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ мають пріоритет над загальними параметрами." #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17 -msgid "" -"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this " -"case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet." -msgstr "" +msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet." +msgstr "Зауважте, що можна типово увімкнути розфарбовування виведених даних і у цьому випадку каталоги _terminal-colors.d_ не повинні існувати." #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1 @@ -97,25 +82,14 @@ msgstr "*{configfile}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, який #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4 -msgid "" -"The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version " -"{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/" -"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." -msgstr "" -"Бібліотека *{lib}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, починаючи з версії " -"{firstversion}. Її можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/" -"util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]." +msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "Бібліотека *{lib}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, починаючи з версії {firstversion}. Її можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4 -msgid "" -"The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be " -"downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux " -"Kernel Archive]." -msgstr "" -"Програма *{command}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, який можна отримати з " -"https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]." +msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "Програма *{command}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, який можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]." #. type: Labeled list #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216 @@ -150,13 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7 -msgid "" -"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are " -"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in " -"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of " -"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K" -"\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part " -"of these abbreviations." +msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -167,21 +135,15 @@ msgstr "ПЕРЕКЛАД" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6 -msgid "" -"For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *." -"po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" -msgstr "" -"Дані авторів цього перекладу можна дізнатися із заголовка відповідного файла " -"*.po на сайті проєкту перекладу GNU: http://translationproject.org/domain/" -"util-linux-man.html" +msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" +msgstr "Дані авторів цього перекладу можна дізнатися із заголовка відповідного файла *.po на сайті проєкту перекладу GNU: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your #. translation team. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12 msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>" -msgstr "" -"Про помилки у перекладі сторінки підручника слід повідомляти сюди: <%1>" +msgstr "Про помилки у перекладі сторінки підручника слід повідомляти сюди: <%1>" #. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart #. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak @@ -239,59 +201,59 @@ msgstr "Керування системою" #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 -#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 -#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 -#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 -#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10 -#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 -#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 -#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 -#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 -#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 -#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 -#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 -#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 -#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 -#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 -#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 -#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 -#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 -#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 -#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 -#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 -#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 -#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 -#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 -#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 -#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 -#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 -#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 -#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 -#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 -#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 -#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43 #, no-wrap msgid "NAME" msgstr "НАЗВА" @@ -315,57 +277,57 @@ msgstr "addpart — повідомляє ядру про існування ро #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 -#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 -#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 -#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 -#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14 -#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 -#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 -#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 -#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 -#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 -#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 -#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 -#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 -#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 -#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 -#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 -#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 -#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 -#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 -#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 -#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 -#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 -#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 -#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 -#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 -#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 -#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 -#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 -#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 -#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 -#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47 #, no-wrap msgid "SYNOPSIS" msgstr "КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС" @@ -390,59 +352,59 @@ msgstr "*addpart* _пристрій розділ початок довжина_\ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 -#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 -#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 -#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 -#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18 -#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 -#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 -#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 -#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 -#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 -#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 -#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 -#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 -#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 -#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 -#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 -#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 -#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 -#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 -#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 -#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 -#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 -#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 -#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 -#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 -#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 -#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 -#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 -#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 -#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 -#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 -#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 -#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 -#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53 -#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 -#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 -#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 +#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22 +#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 +#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23 +#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 +#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 +#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 +#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 +#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 +#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 +#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 +#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 +#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 +#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 +#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51 #, no-wrap msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "ОПИС" @@ -457,8 +419,7 @@ msgstr "*addpart* повідомляє ядру Linux про існування #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28 #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28 msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device." -msgstr "" -"Цю команду не призначено для керування розділами на блоковому пристрої." +msgstr "Цю команду не призначено для керування розділами на блоковому пристрої." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29 @@ -523,53 +484,53 @@ msgstr "Довжина розділу (у 512-байтових секторах) #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73 -#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124 -#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 -#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 -#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 -#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72 -#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 -#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 -#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107 -#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101 -#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440 -#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54 -#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 -#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 -#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126 -#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58 -#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 -#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 -#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183 -#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 -#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 -#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83 -#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 -#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 -#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 -#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 -#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566 -#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137 -#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 -#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 -#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90 -#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 -#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 -#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262 -#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 -#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 -#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 -#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 -#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 -#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194 -#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195 -#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 -#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 +#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 +#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 +#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240 +#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 +#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71 +#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 +#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138 +#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109 +#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81 +#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 +#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125 +#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 +#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 +#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 +#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100 +#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95 +#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 +#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 +#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 +#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142 +#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80 #, no-wrap msgid "SEE ALSO" msgstr "ТАКОЖ ПЕРЕГЛЯНЬТЕ" @@ -603,9 +564,7 @@ msgstr "blockdev(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line" -msgstr "" -"blockdev — викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з " -"командного рядка" +msgstr "blockdev — викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22 @@ -627,12 +586,8 @@ msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the " -"command line." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою програми blockdev можна викликати керування введенням-" -"виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка." +msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line." +msgstr "За допомогою програми blockdev можна викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45 @@ -727,15 +682,8 @@ msgstr "*--report*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple " -"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ " -"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors." -msgstr "" -"Вивести звіт щодо вказаного пристрою. Можна вказувати декілька пристроїв. " -"Якщо не вказано жодного пристрою, буде показано усі пристрої, які є у _/proc/" -"partitions_. Зауважте, що значення StartSec розділу задається у 512-байтових " -"секторах." +msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "Вивести звіт щодо вказаного пристрою. Можна вказувати декілька пристроїв. Якщо не вказано жодного пристрою, буде показано усі пристрої, які є у _/proc/partitions_. Зауважте, що значення StartSec розділу задається у 512-байтових секторах." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 @@ -781,14 +729,8 @@ msgstr "*--getbsz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. " -"It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for " -"example) by filesystem driver on mount." -msgstr "" -"Вивести розмір блоку у байтах. Цей розмір не описує топологію пристрою. Це " -"розмір, який використовується ядром на внутрішньому рівні, його може бути " -"змінено (наприклад) драйвером файлової системи при монтуванні." +msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount." +msgstr "Вивести розмір блоку у байтах. Цей розмір не описує топологію пристрою. Це розмір, який використовується ядром на внутрішньому рівні, його може бути змінено (наприклад) драйвером файлової системи при монтуванні." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57 @@ -810,9 +752,7 @@ msgstr "*--getfra*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62 msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors." -msgstr "" -"Отримати стан режиму попереднього читання для файлової системи у 512-" -"байтових секторах." +msgstr "Отримати стан режиму попереднього читання для файлової системи у 512-байтових секторах." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63 @@ -878,9 +818,7 @@ msgstr "*--getro*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise." -msgstr "" -"Отримати стан режиму лише читання. Виводить 1, якщо пристрій призначено лише " -"для читання, і 0 в інших випадках." +msgstr "Отримати стан режиму лише читання. Виводить 1, якщо пристрій призначено лише для читання, і 0 в інших випадках." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81 @@ -901,12 +839,8 @@ msgstr "*--getsize*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Вивести розмір пристрою (32-бітовий!) у секторах. Вважається застарілим. " -"Замість нього слід використовувати параметр *--getsz*." +msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option." +msgstr "Вивести розмір пристрою (32-бітовий!) у секторах. Вважається застарілим. Замість нього слід використовувати параметр *--getsz*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87 @@ -949,17 +883,8 @@ msgstr "*--setbsz* _байти_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file " -"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only " -"persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once " -"*blockdev* exits." -msgstr "" -"Встановити розмір блоку. Зауважте, що розмір блоку є специфічним для " -"поточного дескриптора файла, що відкриває блоковий пристрій, тому зміна " -"розміру блоку зберігається лише протягом часу, коли *blockdev* тримає " -"пристрій відкритим — його буде втрачено одразу після завершення роботи " -"*blockdev*." +msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits." +msgstr "Встановити розмір блоку. Зауважте, що розмір блоку є специфічним для поточного дескриптора файла, що відкриває блоковий пристрій, тому зміна розміру блоку зберігається лише протягом часу, коли *blockdev* тримає пристрій відкритим — його буде втрачено одразу після завершення роботи *blockdev*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99 @@ -970,9 +895,7 @@ msgstr "*--setfra* _сектори_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)." -msgstr "" -"Встановити для файлової системи режим попереднього читання (те саме, що і *--" -"setra* у ядрах 2.6)." +msgstr "Встановити для файлової системи режим попереднього читання (те саме, що і *--setra* у ядрах 2.6)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102 @@ -993,15 +916,8 @@ msgstr "*--setro*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected " -"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode " -"will not be affected. The change applies after remount." -msgstr "" -"Встановити режим лише читання. Можливо, ця зміна не вплине на поточний " -"активний доступ до пристрою. Наприклад, не буде змінено режим доступу до " -"файлової системи, яку вже змонтовано у режимі читання-запису. Зміну буде " -"застосовано після повторного монтування." +msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount." +msgstr "Встановити режим лише читання. Можливо, ця зміна не вплине на поточний активний доступ до пристрою. Наприклад, не буде змінено режим доступу до файлової системи, яку вже змонтовано у режимі читання-запису. Зміну буде застосовано після повторного монтування." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108 @@ -1023,41 +939,42 @@ msgstr "Встановити для читання-запису." #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 -#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 -#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126 -#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63 -#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71 -#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 -#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 -#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236 -#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435 -#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 -#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 -#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 -#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100 -#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 -#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 -#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 -#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113 -#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116 -#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79 -#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45 -#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59 -#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154 -#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101 -#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 -#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562 -#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 -#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72 -#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84 -#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 -#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257 -#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95 -#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62 -#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 +#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51 +#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 +#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 +#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 +#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 +#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63 +#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100 +#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163 +#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 +#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 +#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 +#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86 +#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122 +#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 +#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 +#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177 +#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 +#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 +#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 +#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 +#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 +#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97 +#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 +#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71 +#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 +#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 +#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 +#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 +#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 +#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 +#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325 +#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 +#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187 #, no-wrap msgid "AUTHORS" msgstr "АВТОРИ" @@ -1105,57 +1022,28 @@ msgstr "*cfdisk* — програма на основі curses для поділ #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-" -"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що *cfdisk* надає у ваше розпорядження базові функціональні " -"можливості із поділу на розділи із зручним для користування інтерфейсом. " -"Якщо вам потрібні додаткові можливості, скористайтеся *fdisk*(8)." +msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead." +msgstr "Зауважте, що *cfdisk* надає у ваше розпорядження базові функціональні можливості із поділу на розділи із зручним для користування інтерфейсом. Якщо вам потрібні додаткові можливості, скористайтеся *fdisk*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be " -"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using " -"the write command." -msgstr "" -"Усі зміни міток диска буде збережено лише у пам'яті. Зміни не вноситимуться, " -"доки ви не вирішите записати їх. Будьте обережні з використанням команди " -"запису." +msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command." +msgstr "Усі зміни міток диска буде збережено лише у пам'яті. Зміни не вноситимуться, доки ви не вирішите записати їх. Будьте обережні з використанням команди запису." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk " -"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-" -"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this " -"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." -msgstr "" -"Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR " -"(DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних " -"можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-" -"сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування " -"немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої." +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any " -"more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and " -"*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way." -msgstr "" -"Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* також усунено команду print. Відповідні " -"функціональні можливості надаються програмами *partx*(8) і *lsblk*(8) у " -"комфортніший і повніший спосіб." +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way." +msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* також усунено команду print. Відповідні функціональні можливості надаються програмами *partx*(8) і *lsblk*(8) у комфортніший і повніший спосіб." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете вилучити стару таблицю розділів з пристрою, скористайтеся " -"*wipefs*(8)." +msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)." +msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вилучити стару таблицю розділів з пристрою, скористайтеся *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49 @@ -1165,23 +1053,8 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__варіант__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* " -#| "or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. " -#| "The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* " -#| "output. See also the COLORS section." -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section." -msgstr "" -"Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може " -"бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, " -"типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із " -"поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою " -"виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ *КОЛЬОРИ*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64 @@ -1195,28 +1068,8 @@ msgstr "*--lock*[=_режим_]" #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional " -#| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the " -#| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option " -#| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not " -#| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with " -#| "udevd or other tools." -msgid "" -"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument " -"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument " -"is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment " -"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, " -"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним " -"керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 " -"і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде " -"*\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. " -"Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати " -"конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами." +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools." +msgstr "Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде *\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати конфліктів із *systemd-udevd*(8) або іншими програмами." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89 @@ -1238,28 +1091,13 @@ msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero " -"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program " -"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to " -"create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible " -"script." -msgstr "" -"Розпочати із заповненою нулями у пам'яті таблицею розділів. Використання " -"цього параметра не занулює таблицю розділів на диску; замість цього, його " -"використання просто запускає програму без читання наявної таблиці розділів. " -"За допомогою цього параметра можна створити нову таблицю розділів з нуля або " -"на основі сумісного з *sfdisk*(8) скрипту." +msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script." +msgstr "Розпочати із заповненою нулями у пам'яті таблицею розділів. Використання цього параметра не занулює таблицю розділів на диску; замість цього, його використання просто запускає програму без читання наявної таблиці розділів. За допомогою цього параметра можна створити нову таблицю розділів з нуля або на основі сумісного з *sfdisk*(8) скрипту." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key " -"(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the " -"available commands:" -msgstr "" -"Команди *cfdisk* можна вводити натисканням відповідної клавіші (натискання " -"_Enter_ після команди не є обов'язковим). Ось список доступних команд:" +msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:" +msgstr "Команди *cfdisk* можна вводити натисканням відповідної клавіші (натискання _Enter_ після команди не є обов'язковим). Ось список доступних команд:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65 @@ -1269,14 +1107,8 @@ msgstr "*b*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select " -"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be " -"available for all partition label types." -msgstr "" -"Перемкнути прапорець придатності до завантаження для поточного розділу. " -"Уможливлює вибір основного розділу на диску, який буде придатним до " -"завантаження. Ця команда доступна не для усіх типів міток розділів." +msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types." +msgstr "Перемкнути прапорець придатності до завантаження для поточного розділу. Уможливлює вибір основного розділу на диску, який буде придатним до завантаження. Ця команда доступна не для усіх типів міток розділів." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50 @@ -1286,16 +1118,8 @@ msgstr "*d*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into " -"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the " -"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as " -"unusable cannot be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Вилучити поточний розділ. У результаті поточний розділ буде перетворено на " -"вільне місце і об'єднано із вільним місцем, яке безпосереднього оточує " -"поточний розділ. Розділ, який вже позначено як вільний або непридатний до " -"використання, не може бути вилучено." +msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted." +msgstr "Вилучити поточний розділ. У результаті поточний розділ буде перетворено на вільне місце і об'єднано із вільним місцем, яке безпосереднього оточує поточний розділ. Розділ, який вже позначено як вільний або непридатний до використання, не може бути вилучено." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106 @@ -1317,25 +1141,13 @@ msgstr "*n*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the " -"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the " -"entire available free space at the current position." -msgstr "" -"Створити розділ з вільного місця. *cfdisk* надішле запит щодо розміру " -"розділу, який ви хочете створити. Типовим є розмір, який дорівнює усьому " -"доступному вільному місцю у поточній позиції." +msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position." +msgstr "Створити розділ з вільного місця. *cfdisk* надішле запит щодо розміру розділу, який ви хочете створити. Типовим є розмір, який дорівнює усьому доступному вільному місцю у поточній позиції." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB " -"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is " -"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgstr "" -"За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо " -"для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад " -"«K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)." +msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад «K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79 @@ -1345,12 +1157,8 @@ msgstr "*q*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the " -"disk." -msgstr "" -"Вийти з програми. У результаті роботу програми буде завершено без запису " -"даних на диск." +msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk." +msgstr "Вийти з програми. У результаті роботу програми буде завершено без запису даних на диск." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82 @@ -1360,15 +1168,8 @@ msgstr "*r*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the " -"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition " -"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized." -msgstr "" -"Зменшити або збільшити поточний розділ. *cfdisk* попросить вас вказати новий " -"розмір розділу. Типовим розміром є поточний розмір. Розміни розділу, який " -"позначено як вільне місце або як непридатний до використання, не можна " -"змінювати." +msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized." +msgstr "Зменшити або збільшити поточний розділ. *cfdisk* попросить вас вказати новий розмір розділу. Типовим розміром є поточний розмір. Розміни розділу, який позначено як вільне місце або як непридатний до використання, не можна змінювати." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86 @@ -1384,15 +1185,8 @@ msgstr "*s*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and " -"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no " -"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match." -msgstr "" -"Упорядкувати розділи за зростанням значення початкового сектора. При " -"вилученні і додаванні розділів, ймовірно, що нумерація розділів не буде " -"відповідати їхньому порядку на диску. Ця команда відновлює таку " -"відповідність." +msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match." +msgstr "Упорядкувати розділи за зростанням значення початкового сектора. При вилученні і додаванні розділів, ймовірно, що нумерація розділів не буде відповідати їхньому порядку на диску. Ця команда відновлює таку відповідність." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47 @@ -1402,11 +1196,8 @@ msgstr "*t*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ " -"partitions." -msgstr "" -"Змінити тип розділу. Типово, нові розділи буде створено як розділи _Linux_." +msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions." +msgstr "Змінити тип розділу. Типово, нові розділи буде створено як розділи _Linux_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93 @@ -1416,37 +1207,18 @@ msgstr "*u*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script " -#| "file." -msgid "" -"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible " -"script file." -msgstr "" -"Створити дамп поточного таблиці розділів у пам'яті до сумісного з sfdisk " -"файла скрипту." +msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file." +msgstr "Створити дамп поточного таблиці розділів у пам'яті до сумісного з **sfdisk**(8) файла скрипту." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and " -"other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) та " -"іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з " -"*sfdisk*(8)." +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) та іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з *sfdisk*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no " -"partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* " -"command-line option." -msgstr "" -"Також можна завантажити скрипт sfdisk до *cfdisk*, якщо на пристрої немає " -"таблиці розділів або ви запускаєте *cfdisk* із параметром командного рядка " -"*--zero*." +msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option." +msgstr "Також можна завантажити скрипт sfdisk до *cfdisk*, якщо на пристрої немає таблиці розділів або ви запускаєте *cfdisk* із параметром командного рядка *--zero*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100 @@ -1456,29 +1228,13 @@ msgstr "*W*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since " -"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the " -"write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the " -"partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition " -"table from the disk." -msgstr "" -"Записати таблицю розділів на диск (вам слід ввести літеру W верхнього " -"регістру). Оскільки у результаті може бути знищення даних на диску, вам слід " -"або підтвердити або відмовити у записі введенням слова `yes' (так) або " -"`no' (ні). Якщо вами буде введено `yes', *cfdisk* запише таблицю розділів на " -"диск, а потім накаже ядру повторно прочитати таблицю розділів з диска." +msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk." +msgstr "Записати таблицю розділів на диск (вам слід ввести літеру W верхнього регістру). Оскільки у результаті може бути знищення даних на диску, вам слід або підтвердити або відмовити у записі введенням слова `yes' (так) або `no' (ні). Якщо вами буде введено `yes', *cfdisk* запише таблицю розділів на диск, а потім накаже ядру повторно прочитати таблицю розділів з диска." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case " -"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using " -"*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system." -msgstr "" -"Повторне читання таблиці розділів не завжди працює. У таких випадках вам " -"слід повідомити ядро щодо нових розділів за допомогою *partprobe*(8) або " -"*partx*(8) чи перезавантаження системи." +msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system." +msgstr "Повторне читання таблиці розділів не завжди працює. У таких випадках вам слід повідомити ядро щодо нових розділів за допомогою *partprobe*(8) або *partx*(8) чи перезавантаження системи." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105 @@ -1499,16 +1255,8 @@ msgstr "_Стрілка вгору_, _Стрілка вниз_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more " -"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next " -"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) " -"partition displayed on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Пересунути курсор на попередній або наступний розділ. Якщо розділів більше, " -"ніж може бути показано на екрані, ви можете перейти до наступного " -"(попереднього) набору розділів пересуванням нижче (вище) за останній " -"(перший) розділ, який показано на екрані." +msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen." +msgstr "Пересунути курсор на попередній або наступний розділ. Якщо розділів більше, ніж може бути показано на екрані, ви можете перейти до наступного (попереднього) набору розділів пересуванням нижче (вище) за останній (перший) розділ, який показано на екрані." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111 @@ -1518,23 +1266,13 @@ msgstr "_Стрілка ліворуч_, _Стрілка праворуч_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the " -"currently selected item." -msgstr "" -"Вибрати попередній або наступний пункт меню. Натискання _Enter_ призведе до " -"виконання поточного позначеного пункту." +msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item." +msgstr "Вибрати попередній або наступний пункт меню. Натискання _Enter_ призведе до виконання поточного позначеного пункту." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters " -"(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the " -"_Esc_ key to return to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"Усі команди може бути введено літерами верхнього чи нижнього регістру (окрім " -"**W** для запису). У підменю або у відповідь на запит ви можете натиснути " -"клавішу _Esc_ для повернення до основного меню." +msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu." +msgstr "Усі команди може бути введено літерами верхнього чи нижнього регістру (окрім **W** для запису). У підменю або у відповідь на запит ви можете натиснути клавішу _Esc_ для повернення до основного меню." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118 @@ -1626,9 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." -msgstr "" -"використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання " -"*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." +msgstr "використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210 @@ -1641,12 +1377,8 @@ msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<режим>" #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more " -"details." -msgstr "" -"використати виключне блокування BSD. Режимом може бути «1» або «0». Див. *--" -"lock*, щоб дізнатися більше." +msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details." +msgstr "використати виключне блокування BSD. Режимом може бути «1» або «0». Див. *--lock*, щоб дізнатися більше." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444 @@ -1660,12 +1392,8 @@ msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from " -"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." -msgstr "" -"Поточну реалізацію *cfdisk* засновано на початковому коді *cfdisk*, автором " -"якого є mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." +msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." +msgstr "Поточну реалізацію *cfdisk* засновано на початковому коді *cfdisk*, автором якого є mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152 @@ -1801,16 +1529,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work " -"with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format " -"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load " -"the disk parameters." -msgstr "" -"Типові пристрої для дискет, _/dev/fd0_ і _/dev/fd1_, не працюватимуть з " -"*fdformat*, якщо використовується нестандартний формат або якщо формат не " -"було автоматично виявлено раніше. Якщо ви маєте справу з одним з цих " -"випадків, скористайтеся *setfdprm*(8) для завантаження параметрів дискети." +msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters." +msgstr "Типові пристрої для дискет, _/dev/fd0_ і _/dev/fd1_, не працюватимуть з *fdformat*, якщо використовується нестандартний формат або якщо формат не було автоматично виявлено раніше. Якщо ви маєте справу з одним з цих випадків, скористайтеся *setfdprm*(8) для завантаження параметрів дискети." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52 @@ -1843,9 +1563,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)." -msgstr "" -"Спробувати виправити доріжки з помилками, виявлені під час перевірки (до N " -"повторів)." +msgstr "Спробувати виправити доріжки з помилками, виявлені під час перевірки (до N повторів)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61 @@ -1884,12 +1602,8 @@ msgstr "ЗАУВАЖЕННЯ" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) " -"instead." -msgstr "" -"Ця програма не працює із пристроями USB для дискет. Скористайтеся замість " -"неї *ufiformat*(8)." +msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead." +msgstr "Ця програма не працює із пристроями USB для дискет. Скористайтеся замість неї *ufiformat*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73 @@ -1948,55 +1662,23 @@ msgstr "*fdisk* програма для створення і роботи з т #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called " -"_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually " -"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk " -"slices' and a `disklabel'.)" -msgstr "" -"Блокові пристрої можна поділити на один або декілька логічних дисків, які " -"називаються _розділами_. Цей поділ записують до _таблиці розділів_, яка, " -"зазвичай, починається у секторі 0 диска. (У світі BSD це називається «зрізи " -"диска» або «мітка диска».)" +msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)" +msgstr "Блокові пристрої можна поділити на один або декілька логічних дисків, які називаються _розділами_. Цей поділ записують до _таблиці розділів_, яка, зазвичай, починається у секторі 0 диска. (У світі BSD це називається «зрізи диска» або «мітка диска».)" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. " -"*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an " -"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea " -"to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last " -"partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-{M," -"G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties." -msgstr "" -"Типово, поділ на розділи є керованим обмеженнями введення-виведення пристрою " -"(топологією). *fdisk* може оптимізувати компонування диска для розміру " -"сектора у 4 кБ і використовувати зсув вирівнювання на сучасних пристроях для " -"MBR і GPT. Завжди варто використовувати типові значення *fdisk* (наприклад, " -"перший і останній сектори розділу), а розміри розділів, які вказано у " -"позначеннях {plus}/-{M,G,...}, завжди вирівнюються відповідно до " -"властивостей пристрою." +msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties." +msgstr "Типово, поділ на розділи є керованим обмеженнями введення-виведення пристрою (топологією). *fdisk* може оптимізувати компонування диска для розміру сектора у 4 кБ і використовувати зсув вирівнювання на сучасних пристроях для MBR і GPT. Завжди варто використовувати типові значення *fdisk* (наприклад, перший і останній сектори розділу), а розміри розділів, які вказано у позначеннях {plus}/-{M,G,...}, завжди вирівнюються відповідно до властивостей пристрою." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. " -"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S -H " -"* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices." -msgstr "" -"Адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор) вважається " -"застарілим і типово не використовуються. Будь ласка, не користуйтеся " -"застарілими статтями і рекомендаціями, де радять *fdisk -S -H * для " -"SSD або пристроями із секторами з розміром 4 кБ." +msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S -H * advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices." +msgstr "Адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор) вважається застарілим і типово не використовуються. Будь ласка, не користуйтеся застарілими статтями і рекомендаціями, де радять *fdisk -S -H * для SSD або пристроями із секторами з розміром 4 кБ." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk " -"layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in " -"the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should " -"always be backward compatible." +msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2007,12 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _розмір-сектора_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and " -"4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old " -"kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* " -"differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes " -"both sector sizes to _sectorsize_." +msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2023,9 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk " -"label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR." +msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2036,12 +1711,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_режим_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS " -"mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without " -"the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional " -"_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the " -"correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_." +msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2054,17 +1724,8 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_умова_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119 -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section." -msgstr "" -"Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може " -"бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, " -"типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із " -"поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою " -"виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47 @@ -2082,11 +1743,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if " -"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which " -"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/" -"partitions_." +msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2108,10 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The " -"partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', " -"'g', etc.)." +msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2132,17 +1786,13 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _список_" #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all " -"supported columns." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2153,9 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option " -"is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2167,9 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _тип_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable " -"support for all other types." +msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2180,13 +1826,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_одиниця_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. " -"The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is " -"possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default " -"is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the " -"*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-" -"u=**__cylinders__'." +msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2197,9 +1837,7 @@ msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody " -"would want to do so." +msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2210,10 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of " -"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 " -"and 16." +msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2224,10 +1859,7 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical " -"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable " -"value is 63." +msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2238,13 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _умова_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in " -"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, " -"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, " -"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all " -"cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new " -"partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2255,14 +1881,7 @@ msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _умова_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created " -"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can " -"be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default " -"is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode " -"and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are " -"reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also " -"*wipefs*(8) command." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2279,21 +1898,12 @@ msgstr "ПРИСТРОЇ" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers " -"to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the " -"Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference " -"between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ " -"(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." +msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For " -"example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the " -"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/" -"devices.txt_ file)." +msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -2305,44 +1915,29 @@ msgstr "РОЗМІРИ" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of " -"sectors or by {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation." +msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to " -"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is " -"interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the " -"partition)." +msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed " -"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\"." +msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The " -"{plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended." +msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126 -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, " -"MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes " -"are deprecated." +msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -2359,20 +1954,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to " -"the script file by command 'O'." +msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* " -"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* та " -"іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з " -"*sfdisk*(8)." +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* та іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з *sfdisk*(8)." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135 @@ -2388,26 +1976,17 @@ msgstr "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139 -msgid "" -"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-" -"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and " -"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is " -"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)." +msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141 -msgid "" -"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the " -"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-" -"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks." +msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a " -"UEFI boot loader." +msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2418,30 +1997,13 @@ msgstr "*DOS-тип (MBR)*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. " -"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called " -"`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding " -"logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each " -"preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, " -"present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting " -"from 5." +msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148 -msgid "" -"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each " -"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in " -"32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}" -"6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 " -"TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled " -"only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. " -"And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that " -"are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux " -"never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be " -"unsupported in some later *fdisk* version." +msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2458,12 +2020,7 @@ msgstr "*BSD/Sun-тип*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154 -msgid "" -"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be " -"a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its " -"first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy " -"the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS " -"partition." +msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2474,23 +2031,12 @@ msgstr "*IRIX/SGI-тип*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which " -"should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled " -"`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i." -"e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The " -"remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory " -"entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not " -"change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the " -"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/" -"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux." +msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159 -msgid "" -"A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from " -"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." +msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -2507,26 +2053,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165 -msgid "" -"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of " -"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable " -"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to " -"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size " -"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U " -"flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK." +msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size " -"of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the " -"first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the " -"partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition " -"table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux " -"so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command " -"*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of " -"the partition." +msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2537,41 +2069,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the " -"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other " -"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another " -"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at " -"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required " -"for good cooperation with other systems." +msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173 -msgid "" -"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check " -"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the " -"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each " -"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first " -"partition)." +msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175 -msgid "" -"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a " -"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions " -"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is " -"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine." +msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table " -"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK " -"program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) " -"programs." +msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2638,25 +2151,17 @@ msgstr "вмикає діагностичне виведення fdisk." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204 #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." msgid "use visible padding characters." -msgstr "" -"використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання " -"*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." +msgstr "використати символи візуального доповнення." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219 -msgid "" -"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and " -"others." +msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2700,16 +2205,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is " -"not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ " -"serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options." +msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:" +msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2826,24 +2327,17 @@ msgstr "Помилка у бібліотеці спільного викорис #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-" -"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked." +msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem " -"checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific " -"checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is " -"undefined then fallback to _/sbin_." +msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details." +msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2855,14 +2349,7 @@ msgstr "*-l*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/.lock_) for " -"whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means " -"that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when " -"more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored " -"when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not " -"lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or " -"DM) - this feature is not implemented yet." +msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2873,11 +2360,7 @@ msgstr "*-r* [_дескриптор-файла_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics " -"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the " -"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck " -"run. For example:" +msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2888,10 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.861 #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the " -"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine " -"parsable format. For example:" +msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -2910,13 +2390,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking " -"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: " -"*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run " -"in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, " -"if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if " -"you do not.)" +msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2927,53 +2401,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is " -"specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ " -"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. " -"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a " -"negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those " -"filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the " -"filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those " -"listed filesystems will be checked." +msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They " -"must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is " -"present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount " -"options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is " -"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not " -"have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be " -"checked." +msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed " -"in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked." +msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon " -"an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of " -"*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified " -"as an argument to the *-t* option." +msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/" -"etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be " -"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-" -"t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is " -"not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -2984,24 +2432,12 @@ msgstr "*-A*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one " -"run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization " -"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem." +msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is " -"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order " -"specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. " -"Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at " -"all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be " -"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being " -"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, " -"*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid " -"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk." +msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3012,15 +2448,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root " -"filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems " -"to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically " -"run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System " -"administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to " -"avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for " -"example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive " -"paging is a concern." +msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3037,12 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "*-C* [_дф_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently " -"only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem " -"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI " -"front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress " -"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor." +msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3053,9 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "*-M*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted " -"filesystems." +msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3077,13 +2498,7 @@ msgstr "*-P*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the " -"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if " -"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might " -"be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't " -"want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is " -"really the right solution)." +msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3094,10 +2509,7 @@ msgstr "*-R*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. " -"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-" -"write.)" +msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3119,9 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "*-V*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are " -"executed." +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3150,35 +2560,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be " -"able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't." +msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-" -"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker." +msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated " -"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something " -"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. " -"If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it " -"doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're " -"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. " -"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized." +msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment " -"variables:" +msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3189,12 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the " -"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems " -"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-" -"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) " -"Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used." +msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3205,15 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem " -"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which " -"have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem " -"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on " -"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can " -"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may " -"attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run " -"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system." +msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3235,10 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the " -"standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers " -"who are testing *fsck*." +msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3286,8 +2667,7 @@ msgstr "_/etc/fstab_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172 @@ -3369,9 +2749,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _розмір-блоку_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at " -"creation time. Only used for *--extract*." +msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3382,9 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "*--extract*[=_каталог_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the " -"_file_ to _directory_." +msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3489,10 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be " -"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. " -"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files." +msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3516,10 +2889,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print " -"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before " -"exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." +msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -3559,10 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to " -"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be " -"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage." +msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3598,9 +2965,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--force*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking " -"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted." +msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -3611,17 +2976,12 @@ msgstr "ДІАГНОСТИКА" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most " -"commonly seen in normal usage." +msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super " -"block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* " -"will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." +msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -3637,9 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "*3*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was " -"mounted" +msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3655,14 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "Комбінація стані виходу 3 і 4" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:" -"faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:" -"greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of " -"mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. " -"Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund." -"de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. " -"Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." +msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -3702,12 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "*isosize* [параметри] _файл_образу_iso9660_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained " -"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e." -"g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it " -"will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a " -"large number (>> 4 GB)." +msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3718,9 +3064,7 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses " -"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"." +msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3732,19 +3076,12 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is " -"the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the " -"block size then the shown value will be the block count." +msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be " -"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason " -"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the " -"end of an iso9660 image." +msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3807,18 +3144,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem " -"builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-" -"specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. " -"Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details." +msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default " -"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3829,8 +3160,7 @@ msgstr "_параметри-ФС_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder." +msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3841,17 +3171,12 @@ msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are " -"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any " -"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing." +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only " -"parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" +msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -3870,26 +3195,17 @@ msgstr "ВАДИ" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-" -"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically " -"detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified." +msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. " -"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." -msgstr "" -"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. " -"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." +msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." +msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the " -"ext2 filesystem." +msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -3951,9 +3267,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in " -"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used." +msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -3964,10 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is " -"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on " -"the size of the partition." +msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4010,9 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when " -"something went wrong." +msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4040,19 +3349,12 @@ msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [параметри] _каталог файл_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow " -"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a " -"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file " -"systems." +msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random " -"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships " -"with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images." +msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4062,9 +3364,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the " -"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)" +msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)" msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -4077,15 +3377,12 @@ msgstr "АРГУМЕНТИ" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to " -"generate a compressed filesystem out of." +msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted." +msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4096,8 +3393,7 @@ msgstr "*-E*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status." +msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4168,9 +3464,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry " -"sorting." +msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4243,18 +3537,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not " -"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)." +msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in " -"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size " -"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 " -"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed." +msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4265,23 +3553,18 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--check*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are " -"found, the count is printed." +msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46 #, no-wrap msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _довжина_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable " -"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only " -"value 60. The default is 30." +msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4303,9 +3586,7 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _назва_файла_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block " -"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." +msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4317,7 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "*-1*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60 msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створити файлову систему Minix версії 1. Це типовий варіант." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61 @@ -4339,12 +3620,12 @@ msgstr "*-3*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66 msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Створити файлову систему Minix версії 3." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69 msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Довгий варіант параметра не можна поєднувати із іншими параметрами." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86 @@ -4417,37 +3698,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/" -"sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition " -"IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type " -"82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also " -"uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)" +msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards " -"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte " -"blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. " -"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" +msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start " -"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be " -"taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." +msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label " -"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to " -"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area." +msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4458,30 +3724,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk " -"label (SUN, BSD, ...)." +msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating " -"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed." +msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap " -"area larger than the file or partition it resides on." +msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on " -"a device with a partition table." +msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4496,17 +3754,15 @@ msgstr "*-q*, *--quiet*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The warning messages." msgid "Suppress output and warning messages." -msgstr "Повідомлення попереджень." +msgstr "Придушити виведення даних і повідомлень із попередженнями." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33 #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331 #, no-wrap msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _мітка_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54 @@ -4517,36 +3773,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58 #, no-wrap msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually " -"unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel." +msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36 #, no-wrap msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of " -"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: " -"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one " -"of the following:" +msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-C*, *--clear*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*clear*" -msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*" +msgstr "*clear*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68 @@ -4555,10 +3804,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-r*, *--random*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*random*" -msgstr "*-r*, *--random*" +msgstr "*random*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 @@ -4584,11 +3832,7 @@ msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the " -"old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The " -"kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The " -"new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)" +msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4601,9 +3845,7 @@ msgstr "*--verbose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about " -"detected problems during swap area set up." +msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4616,24 +3858,17 @@ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the " -"kernel version." +msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area " -"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap " -"device is ignored." +msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the " -"file _/proc/swaps_." +msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4644,16 +3879,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up " -"with *getconf PAGESIZE*." +msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before " -"initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" +msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -4669,9 +3900,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* " -"(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." +msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4697,9 +3926,7 @@ msgstr "partx(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19 -msgid "" -"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk " -"partitions" +msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -4716,18 +3943,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and " -"list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions " -"from its bookkeeping." +msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To " -"force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list " -"nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:" +msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -4774,11 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove " -"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with " -"large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the " -"device." +msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4794,10 +4011,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This " -"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly " -"written scripts." +msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4808,11 +4022,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format " -"__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for " -"example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the " -"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:" +msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4861,11 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. " -"If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--" -"help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined " -"with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options." +msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -4926,9 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--show*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with " -"the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors." +msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5018,8 +4222,7 @@ msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)." +msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5041,9 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/" -"sda_." +msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5066,18 +4267,16 @@ msgstr "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127 msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вилучає останній розділ на _/dev/sdd_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" +msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5117,13 +4316,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18 #, no-wrap msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw_ _/dev/_\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw_ _/dev/<блоковий_пристрій>_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20 #, no-wrap msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw_\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22 @@ -5145,10 +4344,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which " -"is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with " -"the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices." +msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5158,25 +4354,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, " -"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not " -"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw " -"device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done " -"directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If " -"the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at " -"all is required to complete the I/O." +msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few " -"extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in " -"memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be " -"an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must " -"also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 " -"bytes for most devices." +msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5187,9 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "*-q*, *--query*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a " -"new one." +msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5211,28 +4392,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, " -"such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." +msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the " -"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes " -"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages " -"(*EINVAL*)." +msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device " -"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer " -"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the " -"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as " -"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!" +msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5270,7 +4440,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39 msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нова довжина розділу (у 512-байтових секторах)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50 @@ -5310,7 +4480,7 @@ msgstr "sfdisk(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27 msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sfdisk — показ або керування таблицею розділів диска" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31 @@ -5320,10 +4490,9 @@ msgstr "*sfdisk* [параметри] _пристрій_ [*-N* _номер_ро #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n" -msgstr "*sfdisk* [параметри] _команда_]\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk* [параметри] _команда_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37 @@ -5333,12 +4502,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk " -"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-" -"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this " -"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." -msgstr "" +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.26, у *sfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41 @@ -5354,14 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify " -"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all " -"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then " -"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default " -"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify " -"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows " -"specified numbers without any optimization." +msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5378,10 +4536,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition " -"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if " -"*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps." +msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5397,30 +4552,17 @@ msgstr "[*-N* _номер_розділу_] __пристрій__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired " -"partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition " -"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the " -"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an " -"interactive session." +msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the " -"partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the " -"partition are not modified." +msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For " -"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used " -"partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values " -"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused " -"partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*." +msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5431,39 +4573,28 @@ msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __пристрій__ [__номер_розділу__.. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the " -"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may " -"be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on " -"all partitions." +msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is " -"detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR." +msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an " -"enabled flag." +msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*--source* _device_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_" -msgstr "*--source* _пристрій_" +msgstr "*--backup-pt-sectors* _пристрій_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See " -"the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5485,9 +4616,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _пристрій_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to " -"*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5498,10 +4627,7 @@ msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__пристрій__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward " -"compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same " -"meaning as this one." +msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5512,9 +4638,7 @@ msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _пристрій_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not " -"able to use JSON as input format." +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5525,9 +4649,7 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__пристрій__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be " -"used together with *--verify*." +msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5549,12 +4671,7 @@ msgstr "*--part-attrs* _пристрій номер_розділу_ [__атри #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, " -"then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a " -"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, " -"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently " -"supported attribute bits are:" +msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5565,12 +4682,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. " -"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the " -"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform " -"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is " -"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system." +msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5581,9 +4693,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read " -"from it." +msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5605,9 +4715,7 @@ msgstr "*Біти 3-47*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the " -"UEFI specification." +msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5618,11 +4726,7 @@ msgstr "*Біти 48-63*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on " -"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, " -"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to " -"disable automount." +msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5633,9 +4737,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then " -"print the current partition label." +msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5646,17 +4748,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the " -"current partition type." +msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. " -"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the " -"options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one." +msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5667,9 +4764,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the " -"current partition UUID." +msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5680,9 +4775,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current " -"identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR." +msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5704,9 +4797,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__пристрій__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. " -"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5717,9 +4808,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified " -"by *--label*." +msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5741,9 +4830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133 -msgid "" -"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT " -"header only. The argument _oper_ can be:" +msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5754,8 +4841,7 @@ msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device." +msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5766,10 +4852,7 @@ msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138 -msgid "" -"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard " -"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools " -"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard." +msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5780,16 +4863,12 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--append*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions." +msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not " -"the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in " -"the partition table." +msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5800,11 +4879,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148 -msgid "" -"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the " -"partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--." -"bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section " -"*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details." +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5826,9 +4901,7 @@ msgstr "*--Linux*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux " -"(and other modern operating systems) is the default." +msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5851,9 +4924,7 @@ msgstr "*--no-reread*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166 -msgid "" -"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is " -"in use." +msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5864,10 +4935,7 @@ msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169 -msgid "" -"Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended " -"together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified " -"partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)." +msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5878,9 +4946,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172 -msgid "" -"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset " -"are always appended to the file name." +msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5891,27 +4957,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175 -msgid "" -"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning " -"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has " -"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option " -"requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only." +msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains " -"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word " -"\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-.move_ " -"for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." +msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179 -msgid "" -"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup " -"your data!*" +msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5921,12 +4977,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before " -"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the " -"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), " -"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original " -"sdc1 will become sdc2)." +msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5943,17 +4994,13 @@ msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188 -msgid "" -"Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new " -"location by *--move-data*." +msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:193 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -5969,9 +5016,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200 -msgid "" -"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not " -"supported when using the *--show-size* command." +msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5982,13 +5027,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203 -msgid "" -"Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not " -"given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no " -"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the " -"current label may be overwritten by the \"label: \" script header " -"line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk " -"label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)." +msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: \" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5999,37 +5038,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206 -msgid "" -"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist " -"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on " -"devices with GPT." +msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in " -"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, " -"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, " -"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the " -"old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new " -"partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also " -"does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the " -"*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are " -"reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See " -"also the *wipefs*(8) command." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created " -"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be " -"*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is " -"*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and " -"after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by " -"warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) " -"command." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6058,9 +5077,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226 -msgid "" -"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the " -"partition table. The header-line format is:" +msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6104,9 +5121,7 @@ msgstr "*label-id*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237 -msgid "" -"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number " -"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT." +msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6150,10 +5165,7 @@ msgstr "*grain*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245 -msgid "" -"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The " -"default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not " -"modify this variable if you're not sure." +msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6164,17 +5176,12 @@ msgstr "*sector-size*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247 -msgid "" -"Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when " -"*sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device " -"specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored." +msgid "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when *sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249 -msgid "" -"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition " -"is specified in the input." +msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -6195,67 +5202,33 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:259 -msgid "" -"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon " -"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. " -"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a " -"field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when " -"the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each " -"field is its previous value." +msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261 -msgid "" -"The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned " -"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first " -"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes " -"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted " -"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single " -"partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move " -"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition." +msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:264 -msgid "" -"The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until " -"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default " -"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one " -"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) " -"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it " -"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used " -"instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note " -"'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; " -"existing partitions will be resized as required." +msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:266 -msgid "" -"The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is " -"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to " -"use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated " -"shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* " -"tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in " -"partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) " -"it tries shortcuts as the last possibility." +msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:268 -msgid "" -"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to " -"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")." +msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270 -msgid "" -"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the " -"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in " -"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")." +msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6271,8 +5244,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275 -msgid "" -"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT." +msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6283,8 +5255,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278 -msgid "" -"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT" +msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6295,9 +5266,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281 -msgid "" -"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is " -"deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type." +msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6319,9 +5288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287 -msgid "" -"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-" -"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT" +msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6332,8 +5299,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290 -msgid "" -"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT" +msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6354,19 +5320,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297 -msgid "" -"The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour " -"of 'Ex'." +msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:300 -msgid "" -"_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. " -"The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has " -"been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and " -"for other operating systems." +msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -6377,10 +5337,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304 -msgid "" -"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying " -"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format " -"to keep your scripts more readable." +msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -6390,26 +5347,18 @@ msgstr "[_пристрій_ *:*] _назва_[**=**__значення__], ..." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310 -msgid "" -"The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from " -"the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This " -"functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure." +msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312 -msgid "" -"The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition " -"name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the " -"same way as *Unnamed-fields format*." +msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The currently recognized headers are:" msgid "The currently supported fields are:" -msgstr "У поточній версії розпізнаваними заголовками є такі:" +msgstr "У поточній версії поточними підтримуваними полями є такі:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315 @@ -6419,11 +5368,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:317 -msgid "" -"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The " -"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is " -"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB " -"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." +msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6434,11 +5379,7 @@ msgstr "**size=**__число__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320 -msgid "" -"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then " -"it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to " -"device I/O limits." +msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6460,9 +5401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326 -msgid "" -"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-" -"attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format." +msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6495,12 +5434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335 -msgid "" -"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT " -"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=" -"\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format " -"for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same " -"meaning." +msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -6523,9 +5457,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345 -msgid "" -"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this " -"feature." +msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -6536,9 +5468,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two " -"ways." +msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -6549,10 +5479,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:354 -msgid "" -"Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a " -"text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For " -"example:" +msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -6580,20 +5507,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:366 -msgid "" -"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition " -"table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the " -"sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of the " -"backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files " -"contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:" +msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n" -msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372 @@ -6608,18 +5529,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:379 -msgid "" -"It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup " -"immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup " -"partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:" +msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n" -msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385 @@ -6628,9 +5545,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387 -msgid "" -"Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to " -"restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality." +msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6640,10 +5555,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all" +#, no-wrap msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all" -msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all" +msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403 @@ -6652,18 +5566,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* " -"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --" -"rereadpt* instead." +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-" -"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--" -"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options." +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -6683,10 +5591,9 @@ msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:420 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*" -msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:422 @@ -6701,10 +5608,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425 -msgid "" -"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first " -"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on " -"the device." +msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -6731,10 +5635,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*" -msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434 @@ -6743,17 +5646,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*" -msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reread partition table" msgid "Delete 2nd partition." -msgstr "Перечитати таблицю розділів" +msgstr "Вилучити другий розділ." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438 @@ -6763,17 +5663,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440 -msgid "" -"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space " -"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the " -"partition, and move partition data too." +msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446 -msgid "" -"The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from " -"Andries E. Brouwer." +msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6819,33 +5714,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will " -"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_." +msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the " -"appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap " -"creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the " -"label or UUID on an actively used swap device." +msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most " -"16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* " -"will truncate it and print a warning message." +msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard " -"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)." +msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6896,24 +5780,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when " -"coloring output." +msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is " -"specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities." +msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The " -"terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is " -"used for all unspecified terminals." +msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -6951,18 +5828,12 @@ msgstr "*scheme*" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the " -"utility, the default format is described below." +msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the " -"more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has " -"less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those " -"files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")." +msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -6984,17 +5855,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The " -"names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the " -"*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape " -"sequences." +msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -7005,10 +5871,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, " -"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, " -"magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow." +msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -7019,9 +5882,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by " -"semicolons. The most common codes are:" +msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -7058,9 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "Керівні послідовності" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-" -"escaped notation can be used:" +msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -7081,27 +5940,35 @@ msgid "" "|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n" "|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n" msgstr "" +"|*\\a* |Гудок (ASCII 7)\n" +"|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n" +"|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n" +"|*\\f* |Заповнення форми (ASCII 12)\n" +"|*\\n* |Новий рядок (ASCII 10)\n" +"|*\\r* |Повернення каретки (ASCII 13)\n" +"|*\\t* |Табуляція (ASCII 9)\n" +"|*\\v* |Вертикальна табуляція (ASCII 11)\n" +"|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n" +"|*\\_* |Пробіл\n" +"|*\\\\* |Зворотна похила риска (\\)\n" +"|*\\^* |Каре (^)\n" +"|*\\#* |Позначка решітки (#)\n" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, " -"or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as " -"the first character." +msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of " -"*dmesg*(1), use:" +msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n" #. type: Title === #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125 @@ -7111,17 +5978,14 @@ msgstr "Коментарі" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any " -"other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment." +msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all" +#, no-wrap msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all" -msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all" +msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110 @@ -7186,10 +6050,7 @@ msgstr "СУМІСНІСТЬ" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-" -"linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see " -"the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." msgstr "" #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) @@ -7231,64 +6092,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their " -"content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information " -"such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A " -"common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-" -"coding specific block device names into configuration files." +msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information " -"about partitions and block device topology." +msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in " -"a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the " -"user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise " -"not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other " -"than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/" -"id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the " -"environment variable *BLKID_FILE*." +msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, " -"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you " -"are not able to read the block device directly)." +msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/" -"UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information " -"from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default." +msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly " -"recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and " -"the on-disk cache will be updated if possible." +msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until " -"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some " -"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the " -"use of the cache file is *required* in this situation." +msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -7299,10 +6133,7 @@ msgstr "ФАЙЛ НАЛАШТУВАНЬ" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden " -"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config " -"file see *blkid*(8) man page." +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7381,29 +6212,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48 #, no-wrap msgid "*#include *\n" msgstr "*#include *\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may " -"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs " -"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) " -"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)." +msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique " -"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for " -"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers " -"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash." +msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -7414,22 +6237,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223 #, no-wrap msgid "CONFORMING TO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ВІДПОВІДНІСТЬ" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based " -"UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/" -"rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58 #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 -#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 +#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66 msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o" msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o" @@ -7503,9 +6323,7 @@ msgstr "*void uuid_clear(uuid_t __uu__);*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable " -"_uu_ to the NULL value." +msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7576,9 +6394,7 @@ msgstr "*int uuid_compare(uuid_t __uu1__, uuid_t __uu2__)*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ " -"and _uu2_ to each other." +msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -7591,10 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "ПОВЕРНУТЕ ЗНАЧЕННЯ" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is " -"found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater " -"than _uu2_." +msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7732,9 +6545,7 @@ msgstr "uuid_generate(3)" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, " -"uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value" +msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7751,79 +6562,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier " -"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from " -"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not " -"available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which " -"uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and " -"random data generated using a pseudo-random generator." +msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID " -"format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in " -"which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use " -"of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs " -"generated in this fashion." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative " -"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if " -"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate " -"UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak " -"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause " -"privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function " -"only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not " -"available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently " -"running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if " -"the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or " -"the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the " -"process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If " -"neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is " -"theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the " -"same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, " -"use *uuid_generate_time_safe*." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to " -"*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether " -"any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 " -"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the " -"universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be " -"considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among " -"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an " -"MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing " -"the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 " -"UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by " -"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been " -"generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise." +msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7900,10 +6669,7 @@ msgstr "*int uuid_is_null(uuid_t __uu__);*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID " -"variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 " -"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned." +msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -7978,32 +6744,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the " -"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form " -"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-" -"%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')." +msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only " -"range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers." +msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is " -"stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned." +msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs " -"V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8076,22 +6832,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-" -"based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only " -"encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably " -"expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the " -"*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may " -"or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms." +msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT " -"(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was " -"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the " -"location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))." +msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8167,20 +6913,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the " -"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the " -"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the " -"character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by " -"*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-" -"dependent local default." +msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions " -"*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used." +msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8278,18 +7016,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. " -"If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive " -"mode." +msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can " -"enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field " -"unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank." +msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8367,33 +7099,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and " -"Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that " -"also the Full Name is changeable." +msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, " -"r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, " -"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers." +msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. " -"This is the default." +msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command " -"syntax was not valid." +msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8486,10 +7208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in " -"the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be " -"configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." +msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8552,19 +7271,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually " -"control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched " -"through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then " -"terminate." +msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus " -"*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was " -"created." +msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8581,9 +7293,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--" -"dns* option." +msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8594,10 +7304,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--dns*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote " -"host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back " -"into a hostname." +msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8609,10 +7316,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _файл_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--" -"file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files " -"will be processed." +msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8656,9 +7360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using " -"the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_." +msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8680,10 +7382,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e." -"g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option " -"is often combined with *--until*." +msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8705,13 +7404,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, " -"or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ " -"is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The " -"_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format " -"contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are " -"investigated outside of the system." +msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8744,8 +7437,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:" +msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -8773,18 +7465,12 @@ msgstr "_/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/btmp_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs " -"information in these files if they are present. This is a local " -"configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created " -"with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)." +msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119 -msgid "" -"An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or " -"file with zeros is not interpreted as an error." +msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8833,42 +7519,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is " -"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password " -"failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is " -"severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section." +msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted " -"for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be " -"provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to " -"*passwd*(1) for more information." +msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/" -"passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, " -"only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the " -"system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The " -"environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *" -"$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the " -"password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for " -"normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/" -"usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured." +msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it " -"will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment " -"variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given." +msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8878,20 +7544,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/" -"etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified " -"in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as " -"described below." +msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This " -"disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and " -"message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login " -"time is printed, and the current login is recorded." +msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8908,9 +7566,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the " -"*getty*(8) autologin feature." +msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8921,19 +7577,12 @@ msgstr "*-h*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote " -"host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the " -"superuser is allowed use this option." +msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The " -"standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is " -"_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/" -"etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)." +msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8944,10 +7593,7 @@ msgstr "*-H*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that " -"printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also " -"*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below." +msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8964,20 +7610,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and " -"directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory " -"then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from " -"the directory." +msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the " -"*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of " -"the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided " -"by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module." +msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8987,12 +7625,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like " -"pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is " -"displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and " -"use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in " -"system tools." +msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9003,11 +7636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the " -"first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this " -"case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more " -"compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_." +msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9018,10 +7647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: " -"prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default " -"value is _no_." +msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9043,9 +7669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value " -"is _3_." +msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9056,9 +7680,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, " -"but the username is valid. The default value is _no_." +msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9069,9 +7691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login " -"failure. The default value is _5_." +msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9082,9 +7702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group " -"is used." +msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9095,17 +7713,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. " -"If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set " -"to the user's primary group." +msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group " -"identifier." +msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9116,32 +7729,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login " -"sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, " -"then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in " -"the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will " -"be enabled for all users." +msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the " -"file exists in the user's home directory." +msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/." -"hushlogin_." +msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled." +msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9152,11 +7755,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home " -"directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if " -"it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is " -"_yes_." +msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9167,13 +7766,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As " -"higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and " -"authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ " -"file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means " -"that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default " -"value is _ULONG_MAX_." +msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9184,16 +7777,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The " -"default value is _no_." +msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters " -"their password instead of their login name." +msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9205,9 +7794,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a " -"regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9226,48 +7813,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the " -"superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/" -"usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150 -msgid "" -"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/" -"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/" -"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" -msgstr "" -"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/" -"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/" -"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" +msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" +msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154 -msgid "" -"The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by " -"some *rlogind*(8) programs." +msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156 -msgid "" -"A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer " -"works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for " -"security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any " -"possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. " -"If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by " -"*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be " -"avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm." +msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160 -msgid "" -"Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] " -"for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. " -"Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9315,18 +7881,12 @@ msgstr "*lslogins* [параметри] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _групи_] #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ " -"and output the desired data." +msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available " -"details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is " -"different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as " -"an error." +msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9336,9 +7896,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too." -msgstr "" +msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too." +msgstr "Обов'язкові аргументи для довгих параметрів також є обов'язковими для коротких параметрів." #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31 @@ -9348,9 +7907,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Display data about the date of last password change and the account " -"expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)" +msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9416,20 +7973,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be " -"specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are " -"ignored." +msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the " -"primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., " -"in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses " -"the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used " -"at all." +msgid "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used at all." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9440,8 +7989,7 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--last*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions." +msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9452,10 +8000,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or " -"user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-" -"separated. Unknown login names are ignored." +msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9500,16 +8045,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be " -"extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported " -"columns." +msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9536,11 +8077,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--system-accs*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between " -"101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody " -"(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters " -"*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9551,9 +8088,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time " -"format is designed to be space efficient and human readable." +msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9564,11 +8099,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--user-accs*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 " -"(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). " -"This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX " -"in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9595,19 +8126,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*y-*, *--shell*" -msgstr "*-h*, *--help*" +msgstr "*y-*, *--shell*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. " -"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in " -"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request " -"this behavior by *--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9688,17 +8213,13 @@ msgstr "ЖУРНАЛ" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first " -"appeared in FreeBSD 4.10." +msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:137 @@ -9725,14 +8246,13 @@ msgstr "newgrp(1)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14 msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "newgrp — вхід до нової групи" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "newgrp [_group_]" +#, no-wrap msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n" -msgstr "newgrp [_група_]" +msgstr "*newgrp* [_група_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22 @@ -9752,9 +8272,7 @@ msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau." -"dk[Peter Orbaek]." +msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9792,9 +8310,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to " -"the user instead of the default message." +msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9933,40 +8449,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use " -"the *setpriv*(1) command." +msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive " -"shell as _root_." +msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current " -"directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* " -"(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version " -"of *runuser* uses PAM for session management." +msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final " -"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--" -"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, " -"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9988,9 +8491,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--fast*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the " -"shell." +msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10001,8 +8502,7 @@ msgstr "*-g*, *--group*=_група_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only." +msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10013,10 +8513,7 @@ msgstr "*-G*, *--supp-group*=_група_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user " -"only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary " -"group if the option *--group* is not specified." +msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10027,22 +8524,17 @@ msgstr "*-*, *-l*, *--login*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:" +msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables " -"specified by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, " -"and *PATH*" +msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10052,8 +8544,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell" +msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10064,23 +8555,12 @@ msgstr "*-P*, *--pty*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides " -"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original " -"session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and " -"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session " -"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ " -"*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works " -"as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard " -"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | " -"runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is " -"disabled to avoid messy output." +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10091,9 +8571,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *-p*, *--preserve-environment*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or " -"*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10104,9 +8582,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--shell*=_оболонка_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is " -"selected according to the following rules, in order:" +msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10116,9 +8592,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-" -"environment* option is used" +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10133,10 +8607,7 @@ msgstr "/bin/sh" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/" -"shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables " -"are ignored unless the calling user is root." +msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10158,10 +8629,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated " -"_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored " -"for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*." +msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -10178,17 +8646,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value " -"is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes " -"precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/" -"usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10199,17 +8662,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not " -"specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*." +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and " -"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--" -"login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))." +msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10296,10 +8754,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on " -"an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by " -"Dan Walsh." +msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10343,28 +8798,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an " -"interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional " -"__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell." +msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current " -"directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus " -"*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to " -"always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side " -"effects caused by mixing environments." +msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session " -"management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, " -"such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM." +msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10375,17 +8819,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final " -"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--" -"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, " -"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10402,8 +8841,7 @@ msgstr "*-g*, **--group**=__група__" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only." +msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10414,37 +8852,22 @@ msgstr "*-G*, **--supp-group**=__група__" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified " -"by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or " -"*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides " -"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original " -"session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and " -"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session " -"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-" -"c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as " -"a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard " -"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --" -"pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid " -"messy output." +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10455,17 +8878,12 @@ msgstr "*-s*, **--shell**=__оболонка__" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-" -"environment* option is used" +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/" -"shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are " -"ignored unless the calling user is root." +msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10482,11 +8900,7 @@ msgstr "СИГНАЛИ" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its " -"child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child " -"is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of " -"delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*." +msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated @@ -10498,23 +8912,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a " -"non-negative integer." +msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default " -"value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not " -"specified *su* initializes *PATH*." +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10553,13 +8961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ " -"file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can " -"be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use " -"the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in " -"attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ " -"file as well. For example by:" +msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -10569,10 +8971,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an " -"implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been " -"refactored by Karel Zak." +msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10637,16 +9036,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal " -"startup):" +msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is " -"required." +msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10657,9 +9052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the " -"prompt, the system will continue to boot." +msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10671,19 +9064,12 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *--force*" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via " -"*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the " -"password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is " -"locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* " -"will *start a root shell without asking for a password*." +msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected " -"against unauthorized access." +msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10694,9 +9080,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--login-shell*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a " -"login shell." +msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10707,9 +9091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, " -"*sulogin* will wait forever." +msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10792,8 +9174,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--reverse*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files." +msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10815,27 +9196,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may " -"become incompatible in future." +msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) " -"timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp " -"format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be " -"made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift " -"amount of timezone offset." +msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files " -"strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal " -"use, but for debugging only." +msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10920,9 +9291,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* " -"and *vigr*:" +msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10933,16 +9302,12 @@ msgstr "*EDITOR*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the " -"default editor *vi*(1)." +msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-" -"Linux 2.6." +msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10961,10 +9326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are " -"available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux " -"Kernel Archive]" +msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]" msgstr "" #. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) @@ -11006,12 +9368,7 @@ msgstr "*blkid* *--info* [*--output формат*] [*--match-tag* _мітка_] #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the " -"*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., " -"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes " -"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID " -"fields)." +msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11028,11 +9385,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It " -"is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If " -"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/" -"proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized." +msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11043,22 +9396,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing " -"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-" -"level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in " -"this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview " -"and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device." +msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, " -"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning " -"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, " -"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11069,11 +9412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see " -"the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start " -"with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not " -"necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_." +msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11084,10 +9423,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--no-encoding*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are " -"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* " -"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled." +msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11098,9 +9434,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--no-part-details*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-" -"level probing mode." +msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11111,9 +9445,7 @@ msgstr "*-g*, *--garbage-collect*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which " -"no longer exist." +msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11124,10 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "*-H*, *--hint* _параметр_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions " -"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is " -"\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF." +msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11138,10 +9467,7 @@ msgstr "*-i*, *--info*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output " -"format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the " -"*--probe* option." +msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11163,43 +9489,22 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the " -"*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the " -"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is " -"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below " -"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device " -"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is " -"not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search " -"parameter." +msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in " -"*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils " -"(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple " -"devices." +msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--" -"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method " -"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a " -"setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not " -"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option " -"works on systems with and without udev." +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option " -"as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t " -"LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option." +msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11210,10 +9515,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--match-types* _список_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of " -"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to " -"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:" +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11235,9 +9537,7 @@ msgstr "*blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is " -"only useful together with *--probe*." +msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11248,9 +9548,7 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _формат_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and " -"devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:" +msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11283,9 +9581,7 @@ msgstr "*list*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is " -"unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)." +msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11301,9 +9597,7 @@ msgstr "*device*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--" -"label* and *--uuid* options" +msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11315,21 +9609,12 @@ msgstr "*udev*" #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the " -"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified " -"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and " -"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with " -"'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe " -"chars." +msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are " -"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions " -"including empty partitions." +msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11345,30 +9630,23 @@ msgstr "*export*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output " -"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are " -"requested." +msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all " -"potentially unsafe characters are escaped." +msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _відступ_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be " -"used together with the *--info* option." +msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11384,35 +9662,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table " -"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced " -"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it " -"may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example " -"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*." +msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123 #, no-wrap msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _мітка_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is " -"possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, " -"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just " -"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no " -"other options." +msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128 @@ -11427,12 +9695,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value " -"_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ " -"include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on " -"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the " -"specified devices are searched." +msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11443,11 +9706,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of " -"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and " -"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types " -"which should be ignored. For example:" +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11469,9 +9728,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142 -msgid "" -"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful " -"together with *--probe*." +msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11482,26 +9739,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see " -"the *--label* option." +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151 -msgid "" -"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--" -"match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about " -"the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* " -"filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status." +msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be " -"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device " -"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned." +msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11511,17 +9759,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-" -"p*), an exit status of 8 is returned." +msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161 -msgid "" -"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden " -"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the " -"libblkid library:" +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11532,10 +9775,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink " -"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. " -"Default is \"yes\"." +msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11546,10 +9786,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be " -"overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/" -"blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory." +msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11560,12 +9797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170 -msgid "" -"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library " -"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be " -"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" " -"method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all " -"block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file." +msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11659,31 +9891,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an " -"abbreviated month name according to the current locales." +msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are " -"nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the " -"frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with " -"solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was " -"introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* " -"uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian " -"calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 " -"days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with " -"solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which " -"the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)." +msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar " -"may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below." +msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11716,8 +9934,7 @@ msgstr "*-n , --months* _число_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date." +msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11772,9 +9989,7 @@ msgstr "*--iso*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not " -"affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below." +msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11785,23 +10000,12 @@ msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal " -"days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the " -"Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--" -"reform* option." +msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian " -"calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions " -"that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) " -"date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This " -"option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the " -"POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar " -"system. See *DESCRIPTION* above." +msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11812,44 +10016,27 @@ msgstr "*--reform* _знач_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. " -"Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar " -"dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can " -"be:" +msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when " -"the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire." +msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special " -"placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; " -"meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is " -"called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar " -"system's creation use extrapolated values." +msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation " -"of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic " -"Gregorian calendar." +msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder " -"sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all " -"calendar output uses the Julian calendar system." +msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11887,9 +10074,7 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_число_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* " -"section for more details." +msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* section for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11906,9 +10091,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126 -msgid "" -"Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: " -"*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989." +msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11919,30 +10102,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to " -"the current locales." +msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be " -"used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" " -"refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively." +msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133 -msgid "" -"The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" " -"is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. " -"Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the " -"current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. " -"Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be " -"suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week " -"ago')." +msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11964,27 +10135,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted " -"if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, " -"the current month's calendar is displayed." +msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the " -"locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options." +msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it " -"is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 " -"January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 " -"standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number " -"1." +msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11994,17 +10155,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156 -msgid "" -"The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar " -"reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including " -"its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented." +msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158 -msgid "" -"Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, " -"or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported." +msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported." msgstr "" # @@ -12035,11 +10191,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should " -"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define " -"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a " -"stable output is required." +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12062,17 +10214,12 @@ msgstr "Не виводити рядок заголовка у виведени #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the " -"currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if " -"_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_." +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-" -"escaped (\\x)." +msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12169,9 +10316,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example " -"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables." +msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12182,23 +10327,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for " -"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables." +msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on " -"stdout." +msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for " -"example by" +msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -12284,36 +10423,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem " -"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows " -"*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint " -"(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are " -"not specified." +msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then " -"*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path." +msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by " -"default." +msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-" -"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* " -"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all " -"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another " -"tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)." +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12346,9 +10471,7 @@ msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths " -"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)." +msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12364,15 +10487,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*undelete*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--deleted*" -msgstr "*undelete*" +msgstr "*--deleted*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel." +msgid "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12383,10 +10504,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--df*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE," -"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use " -"*--all* to print all filesystems." +msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12408,13 +10526,7 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding " -"device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same " -"tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is " -"SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices " -"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ " -"only." +msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12425,10 +10537,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--" -"kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, " -"then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)." +msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12461,19 +10570,12 @@ msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. " -"This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by " -"kernel (see also *--mtab*)." +msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if " -"the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the " -"option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option " -"*-F*) is specified." +msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12484,8 +10586,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*." +msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12496,9 +10597,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--" -"tree*). The output may include user space mount options." +msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12509,11 +10608,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Use alternative namespace _/proc//mountinfo_ rather than the default _/" -"proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-" -"like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) " -"command." +msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc//mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12525,43 +10620,28 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified " -"in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in " -"effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a " -"leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can " -"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can " -"be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix." +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the " -"currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if " -"the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified." +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are " -"not included." +msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe " -"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12572,25 +10652,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: " -"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a " -"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default." +msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--" -"timeout* or *--first-only* options." +msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the " -"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original " -"information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:" +msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12601,8 +10673,7 @@ msgstr "*ДІЯ*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default" +msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12657,19 +10728,12 @@ msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The " -"restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are " -"not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like " -"order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This " -"option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*." +msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped " -"(\\x)." +msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12691,10 +10755,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, " -"__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, " -"**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__." +msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12705,8 +10766,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)." +msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12717,13 +10777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, " -"then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the " -"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files " -"and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--" -"mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a " -"strictly specified mountpoint." +msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12734,11 +10788,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in " -"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with " -"*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For " -"more details see *mount*(8)." +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12749,9 +10799,7 @@ msgstr "*--tree*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152 -msgid "" -"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for " -"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)." +msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12768,9 +10816,7 @@ msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158 -msgid "" -"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping " -"over-mounted mount points." +msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12782,10 +10828,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161 -msgid "" -"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the " -"*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This " -"option disables text truncation also in all other columns." +msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12796,9 +10839,7 @@ msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs " -"subvolumes." +msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12809,9 +10850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in " -"milliseconds." +msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12822,11 +10861,7 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170 -msgid "" -"Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability " -"and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's " -"possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount " -"table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details." +msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12842,45 +10877,32 @@ msgstr "*--vfs-all*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176 -msgid "" -"When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. " -"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS " -"kernel mount options which are normally not listed." +msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117 #: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-y*, *--shell*" -msgstr "*-h*, *--help*" +msgstr "*-y*, *--shell*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. " -"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in " -"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request " -"this behavior by *--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187 -msgid "" -"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for " -"example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, " -"or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)." +msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=" -msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<шлях>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192 @@ -12890,10 +10912,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510 #: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=" -msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<шлях>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195 @@ -12904,10 +10925,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148 #: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54 #: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all" -msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*" +msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515 @@ -12938,9 +10958,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/" -"foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12951,9 +10969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/" -"foo_." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12964,9 +10980,7 @@ msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to " -"the real device names." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12977,9 +10991,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221 -msgid "" -"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is " -"mounted." +msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13044,10 +11056,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n" -msgstr "*su* [параметри] [*-*] [_користувач_ [_аргумент_...]]\n" +msgstr "*getopt* [параметри] [*--*] _рядок_параметрів_ _параметри_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21 @@ -13063,40 +11074,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: " -"options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and " -"the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be " -"parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the " -"first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the " -"first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in " -"the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short " -"options string." +msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first " -"_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format " -"in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with " -"that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling " -"and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more " -"information)." +msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with " -"whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and " -"non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can " -"generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell " -"(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving " -"those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer " -"compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the " -"*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is " -"installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used." +msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13118,12 +11106,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option " -"name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This " -"option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long " -"option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a " -"required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument." +msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13134,10 +11117,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports " -"errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from " -"getopt." +msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13149,15 +11129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not " -"found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and " -"is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short " -"option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it " -"has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional " -"argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to " -"influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the " -"*SCANNING MODES* section for details)." +msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13173,17 +11145,12 @@ msgstr "*-Q*, *--quiet-output*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), " -"unless you also use *-q*." +msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not " -"given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently " -"'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'." +msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13194,11 +11161,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--test*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This " -"generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations " -"of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable " -"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0." +msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13209,10 +11172,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--unquoted*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) " -"characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) " -"implementations)." +msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13223,65 +11183,33 @@ msgstr "ОБРОБКА" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of " -"*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) " -"describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the " -"parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each " -"parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one " -"parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All " -"parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines." +msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified " -"as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option " -"parameter." +msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If " -"the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the " -"option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on " -"the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be " -"written directly after the option character if present." +msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as " -"all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments." +msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. " -"If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the " -"long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., " -"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional " -"argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated " -"by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is " -"interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the " -"*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not " -"ambiguous." +msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a " -"previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' " -"parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the " -"environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string " -"started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-" -"option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found." +msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13293,67 +11221,33 @@ msgstr "ВИВЕДЕННЯ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. " -"Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, " -"except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ " -"(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special " -"characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see " -"*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem " -"to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by " -"using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in " -"unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain " -"whitespace or special characters." +msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required " -"argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be " -"reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a " -"non-zero error status is returned." +msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as " -"one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the " -"argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the " -"next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second " -"parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many " -"other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments." +msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be " -"present in the output as a separate parameter." +msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one " -"parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or " -"specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with " -"short options." +msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and " -"their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single " -"parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were " -"found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the " -"short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated " -"at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first " -"format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of " -"'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)." +msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13364,34 +11258,17 @@ msgstr "ЛАПКИ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or " -"non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the " -"shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the " -"output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this " -"implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with " -"quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the " -"shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into " -"separate parameters." +msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is " -"set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is " -"found." +msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' " -"option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently " -"supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two " -"'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like " -"quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script " -"language, one of these flavors can still be used." +msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13403,70 +11280,40 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}" -"*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the " -"*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though." +msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option " -"parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that " -"is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as " -"non-option parameters." +msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at " -"the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected " -"at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that " -"this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last " -"parameter in this mode." +msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to " -"other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without " -"any modifications, and with some advantages." +msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', " -"*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter " -"as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It " -"will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are " -"output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is " -"set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options " -"automatically." +msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into " -"compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. " -"Usually, though, neither is needed." +msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short " -"options string are ignored." +msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13484,9 +11331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) " -"distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory." +msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13497,11 +11342,7 @@ msgstr "*POSIXLY_CORRECT*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is " -"set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or " -"an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-" -"option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'." +msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13512,9 +11353,7 @@ msgstr "*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the " -"*SYNOPSIS*." +msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13525,9 +11364,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very " -"intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)." +msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -13598,18 +11435,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is " -"used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and " -"io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data " -"content as files are very often different from the beginning." +msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, " -"it also shows every comparison." +msgid "If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, it also shows every comparison." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13630,61 +11461,40 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:52 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_" -msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _назва_" +msgstr "*-y*, *--method* _назва_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are " -"sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux " -"Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented " -"in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace " -"and all calculation is done in kernel." +msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]" -msgstr "*--color*[=_умова_]" +msgstr "*--reflink*[=_умова_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The " -"reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be " -"different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-" -"mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already " -"cloned files." +msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the " -"_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* " -"checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback " -"to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* " -"disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, " -"only reflinks are allowed." +msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--skip-reflinks*" -msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*" +msgstr "*--skip-reflinks*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* " -"when creating classic hardlinks." +msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13695,10 +11505,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended " -"to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way " -"by other *hardlink* implementations." +msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13709,9 +11516,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be " -"slightly unpredictable." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13722,9 +11527,7 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) " -"differs. Results may be unpredictable." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13735,9 +11538,7 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This " -"is usually a good choice." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13781,114 +11582,73 @@ msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By " -"default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is " -"specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of " -"modification." +msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98 #, no-wrap msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-x*, *--exclude* _формальний_вираз_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked." +msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101 #, no-wrap msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-i*, *--include* _формальний_вираз_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been " -"given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If " -"the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern " -"are included." +msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104 #, no-wrap msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not " -"be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\")." +msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_" -msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_" +msgstr "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB " -#| "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" " -#| "is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgid "" -"The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special " -"meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgstr "" -"За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо " -"для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад " -"«K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)." +msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "Максимальний розмір, який слід розглядати. Типовим є 0, тобто «без обмежень». За аргументом _розмір_ можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад «K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_" -msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_" +msgstr "*-b*, *--io-size* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file " -"contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the " -"other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, " -"other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The " -"size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums." +msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:119 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_" -msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_" +msgstr "*-r*, *--cache-size* _розмір_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods " -"calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these " -"checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for " -"large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB." +msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13899,10 +11659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force " -"hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no " -"more supported by the current *hardlink*." +msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13913,11 +11670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138 -msgid "" -"There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation " -"is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been " -"used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current " -"implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode." +msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode." msgstr "" #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu) @@ -13948,44 +11701,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes " -"or process groups." +msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for " -"this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in " -"preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a " -"handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before " -"terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a " -"*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware " -"that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target " -"process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating." +msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather " -"similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--" -"queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, " -"are local extensions." +msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still " -"performed." +msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs." +msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14028,12 +11764,7 @@ msgstr "**-**__n__" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. " -"When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a " -"process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must " -"be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to " -"send." +msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14066,9 +11797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. " -"The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_." +msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14079,16 +11808,12 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--table*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding " -"numbers." +msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the " -"same UID as the present process." +msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14101,9 +11826,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--pid*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any " -"signals." +msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14119,12 +11842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ " -"argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving " -"process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag " -"to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of " -"the _siginfo_t_ structure." +msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14135,39 +11853,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an " -"additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes " -"*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a " -"follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the " -"Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the " -"follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no " -"longer exists." +msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an " -"equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to " -"races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that " -"used a recycled PID." +msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent " -"sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be " -"combined with the *--queue* option." +msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and " -"*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the " -"signals:" +msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -14198,32 +11899,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of " -"one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the " -"signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread " -"group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly " -"selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to " -"an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking " -"the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of " -"*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)." +msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in " -"relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest " -"way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use " -"the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*" +msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106 @@ -14305,10 +11992,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. " -"If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard " -"input is logged." +msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14319,9 +12003,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--udp*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog " -"port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514." +msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14337,20 +12019,12 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *--skip-empty*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a " -"line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is " -"NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is " -"specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this " -"mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix " -"(e.g., *<13>*)." +msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined " -"with a command-line message." +msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14361,8 +12035,6 @@ msgstr "*-i*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line." msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line." msgstr "Записувати PID досліджуваного процесу до кожного рядка." @@ -14374,22 +12046,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional " -"argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* " -"command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that " -"send several messages." +msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when " -"listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite " -"the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket " -"credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a " -"process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are " -"not modified and the problem is silently ignored." +msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14400,12 +12062,7 @@ msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__файл__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, " -"when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a " -"field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for " -"details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes " -"finding entries easy. Examples:" +msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -14428,19 +12085,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as " -"priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY " -"field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. " -"Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields." +msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is " -"handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the " -"journal if they appear multiple times." +msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14451,11 +12101,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. " -"Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This " -"option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is " -"silently ignored." +msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14466,10 +12112,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log " -"socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to " -"use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted." +msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14480,10 +12123,7 @@ msgstr "*--no-act*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the " -"system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be " -"used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes." +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14494,11 +12134,7 @@ msgstr "*--octet-count*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting " -"framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the " -"default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also " -"known as octet stuffing) on TCP." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14509,9 +12145,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port " -"defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections." +msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14522,11 +12156,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _пріоритетність_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority " -"may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-" -"p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The " -"default is *user.notice*." +msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14537,20 +12167,12 @@ msgstr "*--prio-prefix*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix " -"is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and " -"the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and " -"then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and " -"level=6, becomes *<134>*." +msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is " -"specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line " -"is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*." +msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14566,9 +12188,7 @@ msgstr "*--rfc3164*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog " -"protocol to submit messages to a remote server." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14579,41 +12199,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol " -"to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can " -"be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, " -"*nohost*." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the " -"submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local " -"clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp " -"might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-" -"id timeQuality* is specified." +msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender " -"timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone." +msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message " -"header." +msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133 -msgid "" -"The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26." +msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14635,14 +12241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139 -msgid "" -"Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The " -"option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The " -"number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus " -"possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type " -"and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a " -"message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-" -"standardized IDs." +msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14659,11 +12258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The " -"option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once " -"for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are " -"required and must be escaped on the command line." +msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -14691,31 +12286,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159 -msgid "" -"Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB " -"characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. " -"With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC " -"5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages." +msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161 -msgid "" -"Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog " -"protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not " -"only when *--rfc5424* was used)." +msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:163 -msgid "" -"Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the " -"syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the " -"hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 " -"to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to " -"ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages " -"may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size " -"should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work." +msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14726,22 +12307,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166 -msgid "" -"Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of " -"*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect " -"if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ " -"can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not " -"cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system " -"call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was " -"unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets." +msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:168 -msgid "" -"The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are " -"not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) " -"invocation." +msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14752,9 +12323,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--tcp*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-" -"conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_." +msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14765,10 +12334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:176 -msgid "" -"Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is " -"the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on " -"effective user ID)." +msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14790,8 +12356,7 @@ msgstr "*--*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:182 -msgid "" -"End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)." +msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14868,16 +12433,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227 -msgid "" -"For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, " -"see *syslog*(3)." +msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:231 -msgid "" -"The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") " -"compatible." +msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14888,11 +12449,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239 -msgid "" -"The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in " -"1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:" -"rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami " -"Kerola]." +msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14958,19 +12515,12 @@ msgstr "*look* [параметри] _рядок_ [_файл_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a " -"prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be " -"sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that " -"*look* is invoked with)." +msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only " -"alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters " -"is ignored." +msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14986,17 +12536,12 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and " -"alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is " -"specified." +msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for " -"compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28." +msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15007,9 +12552,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--ignore-case*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file " -"is specified." +msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15020,17 +12563,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in " -"_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are " -"compared." +msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 " -"if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred." +msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15041,9 +12579,7 @@ msgstr "*WORDLIST*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority " -"than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment." +msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15116,47 +12652,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like " -"format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns." +msgid "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* " -"and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should " -"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define " -"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in " -"environments where a stable output is required." +msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all " -"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is " -"recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev." +msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-" -"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may " -"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides " -"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays " -"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), " -"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points " -"associated with the device." +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*" -msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*" +msgstr "*-A*, *--noempty*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33 @@ -15165,9 +12683,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices " -"too." +msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15178,9 +12694,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--discard*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each " -"device." +msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15191,47 +12705,34 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--nodeps*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/" -"sda* prints information about the sda device only." +msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46 #, no-wrap msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _стовпчик_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key " -"is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental " -"whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed." +msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, " -"for example by *-E WWN*." +msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_" -msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _список_" +msgstr "*-e*, *--exclude* _список_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device " -"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is " -"not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may " -"be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is " -"not obvious." +msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15242,10 +12743,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--fs*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE," -"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information " -"about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command." +msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15256,11 +12754,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device " -"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be " -"confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not " -"obvious." +msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15276,18 +12770,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also " -"*--tree* if necessary." +msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide " -"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every " -"device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the " -"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)." +msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15298,9 +12786,7 @@ msgstr "*-M*, *--merge*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and " -"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required." +msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15311,24 +12797,17 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--perms*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to " -"*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*." +msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all " -"supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is " -"to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15339,10 +12818,7 @@ msgstr "*-O*, *--output-all*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are " -"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are " -"hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15358,10 +12834,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by " -"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x) " -"in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns." +msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15372,9 +12845,7 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--scsi*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder " -"devices are ignored." +msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15385,9 +12856,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--inverse*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested " -"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies." +msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15398,9 +12867,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is " -"printed in the column. The default is NAME column." +msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15416,8 +12883,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*." +msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15428,13 +12894,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number " -"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output " -"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* " -"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not " -"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the " -"*watch*(1) command." +msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15445,21 +12905,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by " -"default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output " -"and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_." +msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-" -"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this " -"feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but " -"due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by " -"*--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15481,11 +12932,7 @@ msgstr "*--sysroot* _каталог_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the " -"*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the " -"Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target " -"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes." +msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15512,10 +12959,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all" +#, no-wrap msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all" -msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all" +msgstr "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144 @@ -15539,19 +12985,12 @@ msgstr "вмикає показ діагностичних повідомлен #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160 -msgid "" -"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from " -"the parent device." +msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162 -msgid "" -"The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:" -"minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block " -"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with " -"a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of " -"the kernel build." +msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -15575,22 +13014,20 @@ msgstr "" #. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License. #. type: Title = #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "setsid(1)" +#, no-wrap msgid "lsfd(1)" -msgstr "setsid(1)" +msgstr "lsfd(1)" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18 msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lsfd — виведення списку дескрипторів файлів" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n" -msgstr "*lscpu* [параметри]\n" +msgstr "*lsfd* [параметр]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30 @@ -15613,10 +13050,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-3*, *--three*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-l*, *--threads*" -msgstr "*-3*, *--three*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--threads*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38 @@ -15630,92 +13066,65 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for " -"details of available columns." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:54 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use the raw output format." msgid "Use raw output format." msgstr "Використовувати формат виведення без обробки." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns." msgid "Don't truncate text in columns." msgstr "Не обрізати текст у стовпчиках." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:58 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_" -msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_" +msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _pid-и_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. " -"A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option " -"with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgid "Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-" -"p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is " -"much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of " -"processing than the *-Q* option." +msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:68 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_" -msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _файл_" +msgstr "*-Q*, *--filter* _вираз_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See " -"also *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See also *FILTER EXAMPLES*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72 #, no-wrap msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*-C*, *--counter* __мітка__:__вираз_фільтрування__" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter " -"named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching " -"_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. " -"*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; " -"files excluded by the filters are not counted." +msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include _{_ " -"nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple " -"times." +msgid "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include _{_ nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -15731,49 +13140,36 @@ msgstr "*--summary*[=_умова_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can " -"be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it " -"defaults to *only*." +msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer " -"value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines " -"no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters " -"(default counters) to make the summary output." +msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. " -"Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid." +msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*--default*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--debug-filter*" -msgstr "*--default*" +msgstr "*--debug-filter*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful " -"only for *lsfd* developers." +msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-s, --counters*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--dump-counters*" -msgstr "*-s, --counters*" +msgstr "*--dump-counters*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104 @@ -15782,404 +13178,367 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title == #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "COLUMNS" +#, no-wrap msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS" -msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ" +msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ ВИВЕДЕННЯ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110 msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >." -msgstr "" +msgstr "У кожного стовпчика є тип. Типи слід брати у < і >." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may " -"be changed in the future releases." +msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may be changed in the future releases." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115 #, no-wrap msgid "ASSOC <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASSOC <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:117 msgid "Association between file and process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прив'язка файла до процесу." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118 #, no-wrap msgid "BLKDRV <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BLKDRV <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:120 msgid "Block device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва драйвера блокового пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/devices_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:121 #, no-wrap msgid "CHRDRV <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CHRDRV <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123 msgid "Character device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва драйвера символьного пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/devices_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:124 #, no-wrap msgid "COMMAND <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "COMMAND <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock." msgid "Command of the process opening the file." -msgstr "Команда процесу, що утримує блокування." +msgstr "Команда процесу, яким відкрито файл." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:127 #, no-wrap msgid "DELETED <__boolean__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DELETED <__булеве_значення__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system." msgid "Reachability from the file system." -msgstr "Встановити назву файлової системи cramfs." +msgstr "Доступність з файлової системи." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:130 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "DEV <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "DEV <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132 msgid "ID of the device containing the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою, який містить файл." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:133 #, no-wrap msgid "DEVTYPE <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DEVTYPE <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135 msgid "Device type (_blk_, _char_, or _nodev_)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип пристрою (_blk_, _char_ або _nodev_)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:136 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "FD <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "FD <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Change directory before the login." msgid "File descriptor for the file." -msgstr "Змінити каталог перед входом до системи." +msgstr "Дескриптор файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:139 #, no-wrap msgid "FLAGS <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FLAGS <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141 msgid "Flags specified when opening the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прапорці, вказані при відкритті файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:142 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "FUID <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "FUID <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144 msgid "User ID number of the file's owner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікаційний номер користувача-власника файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:145 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "INODE <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "INODE <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*--nice* _number_" msgid "Inode number." -msgstr "*--nice* _число_" +msgstr "Номер inode." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:148 #, no-wrap msgid "KTHREAD <__boolean__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KTHREAD <__булеве_значення__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150 msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Визначає, є процес потоком ядра чи ні." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151 #, no-wrap msgid "MAJ:MIN <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MAJ:MIN <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153 msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою для спеціального або ідентифікатор файла, що містить пристрій." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154 #, no-wrap msgid "MAPLEN <__number__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MAPLEN <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156 msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Довжина прив'язки файла (на сторінці)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157 #, no-wrap msgid "MISCDEV <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MISCDEV <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:159 msgid "Misc character device name resolved by _/proc/misc_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва драйвера іншого символьного пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/misc_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:160 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "MNTID <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "MNTID <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162 msgid "Mount ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікатор монтування." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "MODE <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "MODE <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165 msgid "Access mode (rwx)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Режим доступу (rwx)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "NAME <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "NAME <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Size of the locked file." msgid "Name of the file." -msgstr "Розмір заблокованого файла." +msgstr "Назва файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "NLINK <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "NLINK <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171 msgid "Link count." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кількість посилань." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172 #, no-wrap msgid "OWNER <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OWNER <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Size of the locked file." msgid "Owner of the file." -msgstr "Розмір заблокованого файла." +msgstr "Власник файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175 #, no-wrap msgid "PARTITION <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PARTITION <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177 msgid "Block device name resolved by _/proc/partition_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "назва блокового пристрою, визначена за _/proc/partition_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "PID <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "PID <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock." msgid "PID of the process opening the file." -msgstr "PID процесу, який утримує блокування." +msgstr "PID процесу, яким відкрито файл." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "POS <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "POS <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183 msgid "File position." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Позиція файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184 #, no-wrap msgid "PROTONAME <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PROTONAME <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186 msgid "Protocol name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назва протоколу." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "RDEV <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "RDEV <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:189 msgid "Device ID (if special file)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою (якщо особливий файл)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:190 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "SIZE <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "SIZE <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:192 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Maximum file size." msgid "File size." -msgstr "Максимальний розмір файла." +msgstr "Розмір файла." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:193 #, no-wrap msgid "SOURCE <__string__>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SOURCE <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:195 msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Файлова система, розділ або файл, що містить пристрій." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:196 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "TID <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "TID <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock." msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file." -msgstr "Команда процесу, що утримує блокування." +msgstr "Ідентифікатор потоку процесу, який утримує блокування." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "TYPE <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "TYPE <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201 msgid "File type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Тип файлу." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**-**__number__" +#, no-wrap msgid "UID <__number__>" -msgstr "**-**__число__" +msgstr "UID <__число__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204 msgid "User ID number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Номер ідентифікатора користувача." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**+**/__string__" +#, no-wrap msgid "USER <__string__>" -msgstr "**+**/__рядок__" +msgstr "USER <__рядок__>" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207 msgid "User of the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Користувач процесу." #. type: Title == #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208 #, no-wrap msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ВИРАЗ ДЛЯ ФІЛЬТРУВАННЯ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213 @@ -16192,45 +13551,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219 -msgid "" -"An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: " -"`DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && " -"DELETED`. `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example. " -"`1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals. `==` and `&&` are operators." +msgid "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: `DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && DELETED`. `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example. `1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals. `==` and `&&` are operators." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227 -msgid "" -"Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression " -"with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: " -"_boolean_, _string_, and _number_. For columns with a _boolean_ type, the " -"value can be stand-alone. For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must " -"be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT " -"COLUMNS\" about the types of columns." +msgid "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: _boolean_, _string_, and _number_. For columns with a _boolean_ type, the value can be stand-alone. For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT COLUMNS\" about the types of columns." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230 -msgid "" -"Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and " -"NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax." +msgid "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234 -msgid "" -"An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation " -"about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an " -"operator causes a syntax error." +msgid "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an operator causes a syntax error." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:238 -msgid "" -"Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, " -"_gt_, _=~_, _!~_. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored " -"aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_." +msgid "Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, _gt_, _=~_, _!~_. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16240,284 +13581,266 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243 -msgid "" -"_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type. " -"Applying these operators return a _boolean_." +msgid "_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type. Applying these operators return a _boolean_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246 -msgid "" -"_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. " -"Applying these operators return a _boolean_." +msgid "_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. Applying these operators return a _boolean_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249 -msgid "" -"_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data " -"types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_." +msgid "_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:254 -msgid "" -"_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side " -"matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The " -"right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax." +msgid "_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257 -msgid "" -"_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of " -"_=~_." +msgid "_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of _=~_." msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258 #, no-wrap msgid "Limitations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обмеження" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263 -msgid "" -"The current implementation does not define precedences within operators. " -"Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your " -"expression uses more than two operators." +msgid "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators. Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your expression uses more than two operators." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266 -msgid "" -"About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative " -"integers." +msgid "About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative integers." msgstr "" #. type: Title === #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267 #, no-wrap msgid "Semi-formal syntax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напівформальний синтаксис" #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <__variables__>. #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:270 #, no-wrap msgid "EXPR " -msgstr "" +msgstr "EXPR " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271 msgid "BOOLEXP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLEXP" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLEXP0 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLEXP0 " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:273 msgid "COLUMN <__boolean__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "COLUMN <__булеве_значення__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLEXP " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLEXP " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275 msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:276 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "COLUMNS" +#, no-wrap msgid "COLUMN " -msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ" +msgstr "COLUMN " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277 msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLOP1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLOP1 " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:279 msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280 #, no-wrap msgid "STREXP " -msgstr "" +msgstr "STREXP " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281 msgid "COLUMN <__string__> | STRLIT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "COLUMN <__рядок__> | STRLIT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:282 #, no-wrap msgid "NUMEXP " -msgstr "" +msgstr "NUMEXP " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:283 msgid "COLUMN <__number__> | NUMLIT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "COLUMN <__число__> | NUMLIT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:284 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLLIT " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLLIT " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285 msgid "_true_ | _false_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_true_ | _false_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286 #, no-wrap msgid "CHARS " -msgstr "" +msgstr "CHARS " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:287 msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288 #, no-wrap msgid "STRLIT " -msgstr "" +msgstr "STRLIT " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289 msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:290 #, no-wrap msgid "NUMLIT " -msgstr "" +msgstr "NUMLIT " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291 msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLOP2 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLOP2 " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:293 msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294 #, no-wrap msgid "OP2 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "OP2 " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295 msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:296 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLOP2BL " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLOP2BL " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297 msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298 #, no-wrap msgid "OP2BL " -msgstr "" +msgstr "OP2BL " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:299 msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLOP2CMP " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLOP2CMP " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301 msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:302 #, no-wrap msgid "OP2CMP " -msgstr "" +msgstr "OP2CMP " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303 msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304 #, no-wrap msgid "BOOLOP2REG " -msgstr "" +msgstr "BOOLOP2REG " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:305 msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306 #, no-wrap msgid "OP2REG " -msgstr "" +msgstr "OP2REG " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307 msgid "_=~_ | _!~_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_=~_ | _!~_" #. type: Title == #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "EXAMPLES" +#, no-wrap msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES" -msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ" +msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ ФІЛЬТРІВ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:313 @@ -16642,38 +13965,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365 #, no-wrap msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список вилучених файлів, які пов'язано із процесами:" #. type: delimited block . #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370 #, no-wrap msgid "List non-regular files: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список незвичайних файлів:" #. type: delimited block . #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:375 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "zram block devices" +#, no-wrap msgid "List block devices: " -msgstr "Блокові пристрої zram" +msgstr "Список блокових пристроїв:" #. type: delimited block . #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:378 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380 @@ -16685,7 +14007,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:385 @@ -16697,7 +14019,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390 @@ -16709,7 +14031,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:395 @@ -16721,14 +14043,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:398 #, no-wrap msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n" #. type: Title == #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "EXAMPLES" +#, no-wrap msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES" -msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ" +msgstr "КОНТРПРИКЛАДИ" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402 @@ -16747,6 +14068,12 @@ msgid "" " 57 netlink sockets\n" " 1552 unix sockets\n" msgstr "" +"# lsfd --summary=only \\\n" +"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n" +"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n" +"VALUE COUNTER\n" +" 57 netlink sockets\n" +" 1552 unix sockets\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412 @@ -16773,6 +14100,20 @@ msgid "" " ]\n" "}\n" msgstr "" +"# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n" +"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n" +"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n" +"{\n" +" \"lsfd-summary\": [\n" +" {\n" +"\t \"value\": 15,\n" +"\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n" +" },{\n" +"\t \"value\": 798,\n" +"\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n" +" }\n" +" ]\n" +"}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:434 @@ -16781,26 +14122,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:439 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgid "" -"mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:445 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "*login*(1),\n" -#| "*group*(5)\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "*lsof*(8)\n" "*pidof*(1)\n" "*proc*(5)\n" msgstr "" -"*login*(1),\n" -"*group*(5)\n" +"*lsof*(8)\n" +"*pidof*(1)\n" +"*proc*(5)\n" #. Man page for the lslocks command. #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso @@ -16833,11 +14168,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks " -"are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated " -"with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is " -"available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details." +msgid "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16854,9 +14185,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16912,9 +14241,7 @@ msgstr "TYPE" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created " -"with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))." +msgid "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16936,9 +14263,7 @@ msgstr "MODE" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and " -"waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)." +msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16949,9 +14274,7 @@ msgstr "M" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only " -"advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)" +msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16984,11 +14307,7 @@ msgstr "PATH" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read " -"the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is " -"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get " -"the full path." +msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17004,10 +14323,7 @@ msgstr "PID процесу, який утримує блокування." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally " -"written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since " -"2001." +msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17060,18 +14376,12 @@ msgstr "*xauth add :0 . `mcookie`*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random " -"information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/" -"urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this " -"preference order. See also the option *--file*." +msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/" -"urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input." +msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17082,25 +14392,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be " -"used when reading additional randomness from a file or device." +msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes " -"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the " -"\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the " -"suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each " -"source." +msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17157,16 +14459,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" " -"problems." +msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify " -"the file type found:" +msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17209,9 +14507,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--modes*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example " -"'rwxr-xr-x'." +msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17259,15 +14555,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek." -"com[Roger Southwick]." +msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." +msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17335,10 +14628,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*-L*, *--last*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*-l*, *--last*" -msgstr "*-L*, *--last*" +msgstr "*-l*, *--last*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39 @@ -17353,9 +14645,7 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--no-overwrite*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not " -"overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets." +msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17371,13 +14661,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options " -"*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission " -"to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any " -"questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is " -"run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the " -"command, unless you truly know what you are doing." +msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -17388,12 +14672,7 @@ msgstr "ІНТЕРАКТИВНИЙ РЕЖИМ" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in " -"short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you " -"press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode " -"however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To " -"set cbreak mode, run for example:" +msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17429,8 +14708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands" +msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17443,8 +14721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And" +msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17455,9 +14732,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for " -"shortening:" +msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17498,11 +14773,7 @@ msgstr "*uuidd* [параметри]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally " -"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and " -"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads " -"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs." +msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17513,9 +14784,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a " -"daemon." +msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17549,9 +14818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of " -"_number_ UUIDs." +msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17574,9 +14841,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the " -"pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_." +msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17592,9 +14857,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--random*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to " -"return a random-based UUID." +msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17605,11 +14868,7 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--socket-activation*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling " -"process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to " -"be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure " -"option." +msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17621,11 +14880,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the " -"pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for " -"debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* " -"library." +msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17648,9 +14903,7 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--time*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it " -"to return a time-based UUID." +msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17703,52 +14956,27 @@ msgstr "*uuidgen* [параметри]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique " -"identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can " -"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, " -"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based " -"UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will " -"generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is " -"present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to " -"force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--" -"random* or *--time* options." +msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, " -"followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ " -"may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known " -"UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The " -"_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the " -"concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 " -"or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be " -"useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex " -"values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more " -"information." +msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly " -"of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality " -"random number generator, such as _/dev/random_." +msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system " -"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present." +msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17781,10 +15009,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--namespace* _простір назв_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or " -"'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name " -"(see above)." +msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17817,29 +15042,25 @@ msgstr "OSF DCE 1.1" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61 msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\"" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65 #, no-wrap msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автором *uuidgen* є Andreas Dilger, написано для *libuuid*(3).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "*uuidgen*(1),\n" -#| "*libuuid*(3),\n" -#| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "*uuidparse*(1),\n" "*libuuid*(3),\n" "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" msgstr "" -"*uuidgen*(1),\n" +"*uuidparse*(1),\n" "*libuuid*(3),\n" -"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" +"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n" #. Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola #. The 3-Clause BSD License @@ -17862,9 +15083,7 @@ msgstr "*uuidparse* [параметри] _uuid_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line " -"arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated." +msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -17965,8 +15184,7 @@ msgstr "whereis(1)" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command" +msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17983,10 +15201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and " -"apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search " -"restriction resets the search mask. For example," +msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example," msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -17997,16 +15212,12 @@ msgstr "*whereis -bm ls tr -m gcc*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man " -"pages only." +msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ " -"patterns. For example," +msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example," msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -18017,9 +15228,7 @@ msgstr "*whereis -m ls -M /usr/share/man/man1 -f cal*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the " -"_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only." +msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18057,11 +15266,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to " -"be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested " -"type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory " -"which have no documentation file, or more than one." +msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18072,9 +15277,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-" -"separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18085,9 +15288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in " -"Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18098,24 +15299,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-" -"separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ " -"be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used." +msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none " -"of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded " -"paths that the command was able to find on the system." +msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -18126,26 +15320,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are " -"defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *" -"$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The " -"easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. " -"Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*." +msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all" +#, no-wrap msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all" -msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all" +msgstr "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ " -"or have no source in _/usr/src_:" +msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18193,12 +15379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and " -"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to " -"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your " -"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* " -"_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." +msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18209,63 +15390,38 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic " -"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since " -"v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected." +msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for " -"*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again " -"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found." +msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-" -"whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required." +msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be " -"restricted with the *-t* option." +msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs--.bak_. " -"For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section." +msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs--.bak_. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order " -"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device." +msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument " -"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument " -"is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment " -"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, " -"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." -msgstr "" -"Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним " -"керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 " -"і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде " -"*\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. " -"Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати " -"конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами." +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgstr "Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде *\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55 @@ -18293,21 +15449,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from " -"the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number " -"will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* " -"options." +msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB " -"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB " -"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or " -"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB " -"and YB." +msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18318,10 +15465,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially " -"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by " -"'\\x'." +msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18331,11 +15475,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be " -"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be " -"prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. " -"For more details see *mount*(8)." +msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18362,9 +15502,7 @@ msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature " -"backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-.bak_ for each signature." +msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-.bak_ for each signature." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18375,9 +15513,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438." -"bak_." +msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_." msgstr "" # @@ -18445,9 +15581,7 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--other*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is " -"the default Linux scheduling policy." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18469,9 +15603,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--rr*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy " -"is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18482,10 +15614,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-" -"specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to " -"zero." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18496,10 +15625,7 @@ msgstr "*-i*, *--idle*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). " -"Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set " -"to zero." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18510,15 +15636,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline " -"scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has " -"to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--" -"sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is " -"runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--" -"sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-" -"runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be " -"specified. See *sched*(7) for more details." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -18535,8 +15653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18547,8 +15664,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18559,8 +15675,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--sched-deadline* _наносекунди_" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18571,40 +15686,27 @@ msgstr "*-R*, *--reset-on-fork*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-" -"specific, supported since 2.6.31." +msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, " -"children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. " -"After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the " -"thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child " -"processes created by *fork*(2)." +msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules " -"apply for subsequently created children:" +msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, " -"the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes." +msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to " -"zero in child processes." +msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18616,9 +15718,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a " -"given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18698,17 +15798,12 @@ msgstr "ПРАВА ДОСТУПУ" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a " -"process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information." +msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130 -msgid "" -"Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b " -"Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some " -"systems." +msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18737,8 +15832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -18778,24 +15872,17 @@ msgstr "*ionice* [*-c* _клас_] [*-n* _рівень_] [*-t*] _команда_ #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a " -"program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the " -"current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process." +msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given " -"arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with " -"the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4." +msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:" +msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18806,12 +15893,7 @@ msgstr "*Бездіяльність*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no " -"other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact " -"of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This " -"scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this " -"scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)." +msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18822,31 +15904,18 @@ msgstr "*Оптимальне навантаження*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked " -"for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from " -"_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the " -"same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion." +msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O " -"priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler " -"will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The " -"priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the " -"CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5." +msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not " -"asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O " -"priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before " -"kernel 2.6.26)." +msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18857,13 +15926,7 @@ msgstr "*Режим реального часу*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of " -"what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with " -"some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, " -"8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process " -"will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not " -"permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user." +msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18874,9 +15937,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _клас_" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` " -"for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle." +msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18887,10 +15948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class " -"accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data " -"(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level." +msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18901,9 +15959,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _PID_..." #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the " -"scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18914,9 +15970,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set " -"the scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18927,11 +15981,7 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, " -"run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling " -"priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel " -"version." +msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18942,16 +15992,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the " -"scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the " -"CFQ I/O scheduler." +msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19040,30 +16086,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a " -"running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given " -"CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process " -"to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the " -"given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that " -"the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler " -"attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for " -"performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful " -"only in certain applications." +msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit " -"corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit " -"corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given " -"system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask " -"will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. " -"If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on " -"the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in " -"hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--" -"cpu-list* option. For example," +msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example," msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19123,22 +16151,17 @@ msgstr "*--cpu-list 0-10:2*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride " -"in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list." +msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been " -"scheduled to a legal CPU." +msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19149,10 +16172,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. " -"Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: " -"*0,5,8-11*." +msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. @@ -19196,11 +16216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. " -"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process " -"belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any " -"process." +msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19219,15 +16235,8 @@ msgstr "Авторські права" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the " -"source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for " -"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." -msgstr "" -"{copyright} Robert M. Love, 2004. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови " -"копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми " -"НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або " -"придатності для певної мети." +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgstr "{copyright} Robert M. Love, 2004. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети." #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:116 @@ -19280,9 +16289,7 @@ msgstr "uclampset(1)" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or " -"a process" +msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19305,57 +16312,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the " -"scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be " -"operating at." +msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. " -"Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the " -"time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other " -"cpufreq governors support." +msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. " -"Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted " -"such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then " -"the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core." +msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little " -"cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the " -"actual utilization of the task is at max." +msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost " -"the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value." +msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the " -"task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value." +msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to " -"reset to system's default." +msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19370,9 +16357,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks " -"(threads) for a given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19431,11 +16416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the " -"_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and " -"_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp " -"values for their task across the full range [0:1024]." +msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. @@ -19453,16 +16434,12 @@ msgstr "*uclampset -s* `-m 512` `-M 700`\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119 -msgid "" -"will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in " -"the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the " -"maximum performance of the system to 700." +msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel." +msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19472,9 +16449,7 @@ msgstr "mailto:qais.yousef@arm.com[Qais Yousef]" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the " -"Linux scheduling scheme." +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -19485,8 +16460,7 @@ msgstr "adjtime_config(5)" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12 -msgid "" -"adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor" +msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19496,30 +16470,17 @@ msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware " -"mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by " -"*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode." +msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or " -"*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write " -"access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file " -"is missing." +msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its " -"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of " -"time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps " -"the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more " -"details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections " -"from *hwclock*(8) man page." +msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19557,9 +16518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or " -"calibration (decimal integer)" +msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19587,12 +16546,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. " -"Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous " -"calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, " -"since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal " -"integer." +msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -19609,10 +16563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is " -"set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override " -"this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line." +msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19650,9 +16601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may " -"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." +msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19668,27 +16617,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, " -"PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode " -"(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another " -"kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode." +msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided " -"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero." +msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19699,11 +16638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The " -"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified " -"value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the " -"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device." +msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19714,9 +16649,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to " -"discard all by one ioctl call." +msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19727,11 +16660,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--secure*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard " -"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by " -"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the " -"device." +msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19747,9 +16676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option " -"is specified, it prints the discard progress every second." +msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19795,16 +16722,11 @@ msgstr "report" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28 msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information." -msgstr "" -"Команду *blkzone report* використовують для створення звітів щодо зон " -"пристрою." +msgstr "Команду *blkzone report* використовують для створення звітів щодо зон пристрою." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block " -"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting " -"zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19862,18 +16784,12 @@ msgstr "capacity" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information." -msgstr "" -"Команду *blkzone capacity* використовують для створення звітів щодо " -"місткості." +msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information." +msgstr "Команду *blkzone capacity* використовують для створення звітів щодо місткості." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all " -"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, " -"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -19884,10 +16800,7 @@ msgstr "reset" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike " -"*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a " -"range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -19898,10 +16811,7 @@ msgstr "open" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. " -"Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer " -"and can open a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -19912,10 +16822,7 @@ msgstr "close" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike " -"*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and " -"can close a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -19926,29 +16833,17 @@ msgstr "finish" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full " -"condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this " -"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate " -"from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be " -"used to modify this behavior as explained below." +msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on " -"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to " -"specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex." +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19959,10 +16854,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in " -"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value " -"is zero." +msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19973,10 +16865,7 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--length* _сектори_" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default " -"value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot " -"be used together with the option *--count*." +msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19987,31 +16876,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value " -"is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used " -"together with the option *--length*." +msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system." +msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors " -"reset." +msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111 @@ -20056,11 +16937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a " -"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses " -"or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command " -"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11." +msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20071,10 +16948,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor " -"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on " -"which your kernel runs." +msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20085,9 +16959,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it " -"offline." +msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20098,9 +16970,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it " -"online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled." +msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20111,11 +16981,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the " -"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux " -"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-" -"d*, before it can be deconfigured." +msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20126,10 +16992,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect " -"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. " -"Available _modes_ are:" +msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20162,10 +17025,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--rescan*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the " -"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly " -"attached CPUs." +msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20214,77 +17074,42 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or " -"offline." +msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"Specify _SIZE_ as [m|M|g|G]. With m or M, specifies the memory " -"size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, specifies the memory " -"size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB." +msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as [m|M|g|G]. With m or M, specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x-0x as shown in the output of the " -"*lsmem*(1) command. is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and " -" is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range." +msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x-0x as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form - or as shown in the " -"output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the number of the first memory " -"block and is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. " -"Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--" -"blocks* option." +msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form - or as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the number of the first memory block and is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the " -"*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones " -"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range " -"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory " -"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default " -"can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. " -"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for " -"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more " -"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary " -"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page " -"cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones." +msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown " -"in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command." +msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems " -"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example " -"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux " -"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set " -"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or " -"offline instead of the requested amount." +msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block " -"numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory " -"block numbers." +msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20295,9 +17120,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* " -"and *--disable* options." +msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20330,16 +17153,12 @@ msgstr "*-z*, *--zone*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or " -"_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set " -"online to the zone Movable, if possible." +msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress." +msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20378,9 +17197,7 @@ msgstr "*chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and " -"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline." +msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20431,8 +17248,7 @@ msgstr "*choom* *-n* _номер_ [--] _команда_ [_аргумент_ ...] #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting." +msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20453,62 +17269,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed " -"in out of memory conditions." +msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 " -"(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. " -"The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the " -"process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and " -"swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness " -"score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score " -"will be 500." +msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current " -"memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes." +msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom " -"killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating " -"task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems " -"assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being " -"exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it " -"is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory " -"is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being " -"out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources." +msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to " -"determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. " -"This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by " -"always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest " -"possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for " -"that task since it will always report a badness score of 0." +msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to " -"allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, " -"or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of " -"-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of " -"the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task." +msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20538,10 +17324,7 @@ msgstr "*ctrlaltdel* *hard*|*soft*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that " -"there are two supported functions that the sequence can " -"perform." +msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the sequence can perform." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20552,9 +17335,7 @@ msgstr "*hard*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any " -"other preparation. This is the default." +msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20565,25 +17346,17 @@ msgstr "*soft*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process " -"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the " -"*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several " -"*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation " -"for the version that you are currently using." +msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current " -"setting." +msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file." +msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20663,15 +17436,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer." +msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--" -"console-level* options are mutually exclusive." +msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20715,10 +17485,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--show-delta*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used " -"together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is " -"printed." +msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20740,9 +17507,7 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *--reltime*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that " -"conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)." +msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20753,9 +17518,7 @@ msgstr "*-F*, *--file* _файл_" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not " -"support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only." +msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20766,9 +17529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For " -"example:" +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20779,9 +17540,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities " -"see the *--help* output." +msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20792,18 +17551,12 @@ msgstr "*-H*, *--human*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--" -"nopager*." +msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format " -"only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split " -"into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format " -"or time format are silently ignored." +msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20813,11 +17566,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section below." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20828,8 +17577,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:" +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20840,9 +17588,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the " -"*--help* output." +msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20853,20 +17599,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The " -"_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all " -"supported levels see the *--help* output." +msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency " -"(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are " -"still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control " -"exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* " -"will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer." +msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20877,12 +17615,7 @@ msgstr "*--noescape*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte " -"sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x " -"for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. " -"It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be " -"careful and don't use it by default." +msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20893,9 +17626,7 @@ msgstr "*-P*, *--nopager*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* " -"output." +msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20906,26 +17637,17 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--force-prefix*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line " -"message." +msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but " -"all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)." +msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel " -"messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). " -"For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) " -"format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for " -"example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'." +msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20936,10 +17658,7 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--syslog*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel " -"messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since " -"kernel 3.5.0." +msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20950,12 +17669,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by " -"default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 " -"since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be " -"larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire " -"buffer." +msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20983,10 +17697,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in " -"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware " -"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgid "Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20997,10 +17708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in " -"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware " -"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgid "Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21016,21 +17724,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, " -"*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-" -"specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the " -"ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the " -"comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. " -"The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DDHH:MM:SS," -"<-+>." +msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DDHH:MM:SS,<-+>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate " -"when a system is suspended and resumed." +msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21052,9 +17751,7 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--follow*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a " -"readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)." +msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21076,8 +17773,7 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--decode*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes." +msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21109,9 +17805,7 @@ msgstr "*timebreak*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* " -"output." +msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21216,19 +17910,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name " -"is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be " -"addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), " -"UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags." +msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the " -"device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default " -"*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds." +msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21238,10 +17925,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted " -"before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file " -"descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified." +msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21252,9 +17936,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When " -"enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed." +msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21265,11 +17947,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. " -"The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) " -"for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the " -"changer is referred to as 0, not 1." +msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21291,9 +17969,7 @@ msgstr "*-F*, *--force*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. " -"The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices." +msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21304,9 +17980,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable " -"floppy disk eject command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21317,11 +17991,7 @@ msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the " -"drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when " -"you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the " -"button is inadvertently pressed." +msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21332,11 +18002,7 @@ msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on " -"partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will " -"not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device " -"or mountpoint given on the command line." +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21347,10 +18013,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not " -"specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that " -"the device is not used (since v2.35)." +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21361,8 +18024,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed." +msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21373,9 +18035,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also " -"passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)." +msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21386,9 +18046,7 @@ msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive " -"offline command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21399,9 +18057,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject " -"command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21412,8 +18068,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--scsi*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21424,10 +18079,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's " -"opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices " -"support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21438,16 +18090,12 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all " -"devices support this command." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is " -"doing." +msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21458,13 +18106,7 @@ msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available " -"speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of " -"the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous " -"versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some " -"drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not " -"work with them." +msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21475,13 +18117,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The " -"_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X " -"speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and " -"you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the " -"media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or " -"with the *-t* and *-c* options." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21492,10 +18128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are " -"used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these " -"options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)." +msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21506,42 +18139,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will " -"attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see " -"also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not " -"attempt to eject the media." +msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray " -"if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command." +msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected " -"after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the " -"auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject " -"mode." +msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root " -"is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)." +msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat." -"com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux " -"version." +msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21595,25 +18213,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, " -"PB, EB, ZB, and YB." +msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-" -"range* are mutually exclusive." +msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21624,30 +18234,17 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to " -"be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the " -"completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the " -"location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and " -"the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be " -"specified for the collapse-range operation." +msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in " -"order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ " -"must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies " -"according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such " -"a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this " -"requirement is violated." +msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21658,19 +18255,12 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--dig-holes*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using " -"extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O " -"block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* " -"is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the " -"entire file is analyzed for holes." +msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming " -"the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space." +msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21702,9 +18292,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--keep-size*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate " -"blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate." +msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21720,21 +18308,12 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--punch-hole*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at " -"_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, " -"partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are " -"removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this " -"range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time " -"as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is " -"implied." +msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since " -"Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)." +msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21750,10 +18329,7 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--posix*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always " -"completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported " -"by the underlying filesystem." +msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21764,41 +18340,28 @@ msgstr "*-z*, *--zero-range*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for " -"_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the " -"regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent " -"reads from this range will return zeroes." +msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range " -"into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will " -"not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the " -"either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update " -"metadata." +msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification." +msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91 @@ -21865,26 +18428,17 @@ msgstr "*flock* [параметри] _номер_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the " -"command line." +msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution " -"of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a " -"specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate " -"permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be " -"immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available." +msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the " -"examples below for how that can be used." +msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21906,19 +18460,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting " -"lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The " -"default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is " -"replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is " -"incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold " -"the lock." +msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21929,8 +18476,7 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *-x*, *--exclusive*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default." +msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21941,9 +18487,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--nb*, *--nonblock*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-" -"E* option for the exit status used." +msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21954,10 +18498,7 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--close*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing " -"_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should " -"not be holding the lock." +msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21979,11 +18520,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--unlock*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically " -"dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special " -"cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a " -"background process which should not be holding the lock." +msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21994,33 +18531,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional " -"values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero " -"number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*." +msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be " -"obtained." +msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"The command uses exit status values for everything, except when " -"using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire " -"the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The " -"exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgid "The command uses exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the " -"exit status is that of the child command." +msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22036,8 +18562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail." +msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22048,9 +18573,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. " -"Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail." +msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22061,8 +18584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'." +msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22073,12 +18595,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file " -"doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be " -"created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. " -"Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is " -"required." +msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22089,14 +18606,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the " -"shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the " -"first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell " -"script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-" -"blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing " -"itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment " -"variable to the right value so it doesn't run again." +msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22107,10 +18617,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. " -"The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, " -"then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor." +msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22121,15 +18628,8 @@ msgstr "mailto:hpa@zytor.com[H. Peter Anvin]" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see " -"the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for " -"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." -msgstr "" -"{copyright} H. Peter Anvin, 2003. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови " -"копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах Умовами ліцензування програми " -"НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або " -"придатності для певної мети." +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgstr "{copyright} H. Peter Anvin, 2003. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:128 @@ -22174,18 +18674,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the " -"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see " -"*mount*(8))." +msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is " -"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for " -"more details see *mount*(8))." +msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22196,23 +18690,12 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--freeze*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new " -"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the " -"filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, " -"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, " -"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to " -"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be " -"unfrozen." +msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain " -"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files " -"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of " -"the snapshot is complete." +msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22223,10 +18706,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--unfreeze*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to " -"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are " -"unblocked and allowed to complete." +msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -22237,12 +18717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. " -"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, " -"*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as " -"more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a " -"filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it." +msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22302,26 +18777,17 @@ msgstr "fstab(5)" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46 msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems" -msgstr "" +msgstr "fstab - статична інформація про файлові системи" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the " -"system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is " -"the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this " -"file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), " -"*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their " -"thing." +msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are " -"separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank " -"lines are ignored." -msgstr "" +msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored." +msgstr "Кожна файлова система описується в окремому рядку. Поля в кожному рядку розділені табуляціями або пробілами. Рядки, що починаються з '#' є коментарями. Порожні рядки ігноруються." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58 @@ -22332,7 +18798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61 #, no-wrap msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n" #. type: Title === #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63 @@ -22342,56 +18808,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or " -"filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap " -"partition to be enabled." -msgstr "" +msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap partition to be enabled." +msgstr "Це поле описує блок спеціального пристрою, віддалену файлову систему або образ файлової системи для пристрою loop, який потрібно змонтувати, або файл підкачки чи розділ підкачки, який потрібно дозволити." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node " -"(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ " -"or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _:_, e.g., _knuth." -"aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will " -"show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for " -"*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, " -"like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*." +msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _:_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"LABEL=